diff options
Diffstat (limited to '39010-h/39010-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | 39010-h/39010-h.htm | 6834 |
1 files changed, 6834 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/39010-h/39010-h.htm b/39010-h/39010-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29fdfba --- /dev/null +++ b/39010-h/39010-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6834 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source on 2012-02-28T20:04:08Z. --> +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<meta name="generator" content= +"HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org"> +<title>An Historical View of the Philippine Islands (Volume 1 of +2)</title> +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> +<meta name="generator" content= +"tei2html.xsl, see http://code.google.com/p/tei2html/"> +<meta name="author" content= +"Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga (1760–1818)"> +<link rel="schema.DC" href= +"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/"> +<meta name="DC.Creator" content= +"Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga (1760–1818)"> +<meta name="DC.Title" content= +"An Historical View of the Philippine Islands (Volume 1 of 2)"> +<meta name="DC.Language" content="en"> +<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html"> +<meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg"> +<meta name="DC:Subject" content="Philippines -- History"> +<style type="text/css"> +body +{ +font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +margin: 1.58em 16%; +text-align: left; +} +/* Titlepage */ +.titlePage +{ +border: #DDDDDD 2px solid; +margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%; +padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%; +text-align: center; +} +.titlePage .docTitle +{ +line-height: 3.5em; +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .mainTitle +{ +font-size: 1.8em; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .subTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .seriesTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .volumeTitle +{ +font-size: 1.44em; +} +.titlePage .byline +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.72em; +} +.titlePage .byline .docAuthor +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .figure +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.titlePage .docImprint +{ +margin: 4em 0% 0em 0%; +font-size: 1.2em; +line-height: 1.72em; +} +.titlePage .docImprint .docDate +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +/* End Titlepage */ +.transcribernote +{ +background-color:#DDE; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +font-family:sans-serif; +font-size:80%; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.advertisment +{ +background-color:#FFFEE0; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.correctiontable +{ +width: 75%; +} +.width20 +{ +width: 20%; +} +.width40 +{ +width: 40%; +} +.indextoc +{ +text-align: center; +} +.div0 +{ +padding-top: 5.6em; +} +.div1 +{ +padding-top: 4.8em; +} +.index +{ +font-size: 80%; +} +.div2 +{ +padding-top: 3.6em; +} +.div3, .div4, .div5 +{ +padding-top: 2.4em; +} +.footnotes .body, +.footnotes .div1 +{ +padding: 0; +} +.apparatusnote +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +table.alignedtext +{ +border-collapse: collapse; +} +table.alignedtext td +{ +vertical-align: top; +width: 50%; +} +table.alignedtext td.first +{ +border-width: 0 0.2px 0 0; +border-color: gray; +border-style: solid; +padding-right: 10px; +} +table.alignedtext td.second +{ +padding-left: 10px; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4 +{ +clear: both; +font-style: normal; +text-transform: none; +} +h3, .h3 +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +h3.label +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h4, .h4 +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +.alignleft +{ +text-align:left; +} +.alignright +{ +text-align:right; +} +.alignblock +{ +text-align:justify; +} +p.tb, hr.tb +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +text-align: center; +} +p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +text-indent:0; +} +p.argument, p.tocArgument +{ +margin:1.58em 10%; +} +p.tocPart +{ +margin:1.58em 0%; +font-variant: small-caps; +} +p.tocChapter +{ +margin:1.58em 0%; +} +p.tocSection +{ +margin:0.7em 5%; +} +.opener, .address +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.addrline +{ +margin-top: 0; +margin-bottom: 0; +} +.dateline +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +text-align: right; +} +.salute +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.signed +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.epigraph +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +width: 60%; +margin-left: auto; +} +.epigraph span.bibl +{ +display: block; +text-align: right; +} +.trailer +{ +clear: both; +padding-top: 2.4em; +padding-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.figure +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.floatLeft +{ +float:left; +margin:10px 10px 10px 0; +} +.floatRight +{ +float:right; +margin:10px 0 10px 10px; +} +p.figureHead +{ +font-size:100%; +text-align:center; +} +.figAnnotation +{ +font-size:80%; +position:relative; +margin: 0 auto; /* center this */ +} +.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft +{ +float: left; +} +.figTop, .figBottom +{ +} +.figTopRight, .figBottomRight +{ +float: right; +} +.hangq +{ +text-indent: -0.35em; +} +.hangqq +{ +text-indent: -0.44em; +} +.hangqqq +{ +text-indent: -0.78em; +} +.figure p +{ +font-size:80%; +margin-top:0; +text-align:center; +} +img +{ +border-width:0; +} +p.smallprint,li.smallprint +{ +color:#666666; +font-size:80%; +} +span.parnum +{ +font-weight: bold; +} +.marginnote +{ +font-size:0.8em; +height:0; +left:1%; +line-height:1.2em; +position:absolute; +text-indent:0; +width:14%; +} +.pagenum +{ +display:inline; +font-size:70%; +font-style:normal; +margin:0; +padding:0; +position:absolute; +right:1%; +text-align:right; +} +a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref +{ +font-size: 80%; +text-decoration: none; +vertical-align: 0.25em; +} +.displayfootnote +{ +display: none; +} +div.footnotes +{ +font-size: 80%; +margin-top: 1em; +padding: 0; +} +hr.fnsep +{ +margin-left: 0; +margin-right: 0; +text-align: left; +width: 25%; +} +p.footnote +{ +margin-bottom: 0.5em; +margin-top: 0.5em; +} +p.footnote .label +{ +float:left; +width:2em; +height:12pt; +display:block; +} +/* Tables */ +tr, td, th +{ +vertical-align: top; +} +td.bottom +{ +vertical-align: bottom; +} +td.label, tr.label td +{ +font-weight: bold; +} +td.unit, tr.unit td +{ +font-style: italic; +} +td.sum +{ +padding-top: 2px; border-top: solid black 1px; +} +/* Poetry */ +.lgouter +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */ +} +.lg +{ +text-align: left; +} +.lg h4, .lgouter h4 +{ +font-weight: normal; +} +.lg .linenum, .sp .linenum, .lgouter .linenum +{ +color:#777; +font-size:90%; +left: 16%; +margin:0; +position:absolute; +text-align:center; +text-indent:0; +top:auto; +width:1.75em; +} +p.line +{ +margin: 0 0% 0 0%; +} +span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */ +{ +color: white; +} +.versenum +{ +font-weight:bold; +} +/* Drama */ +.speaker +{ +font-weight: bold; +margin-bottom: 0.4em; +} +.sp .line +{ +margin: 0 10%; +text-align: left; +} +/* End Drama */ +/* right aligned page number in table of contents */ +.tocPagenum, .flushright +{ +position: absolute; +right: 16%; +top: auto; +} +table.tocList +{ +width: 100%; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +border-width: 0; +border-collapse: collapse; +} +td.tocPageNum, td.tocDivNum +{ +text-align: right; +width: 10%; +border-width: 0; +} +td.tocDivNum +{ +padding-left: 0; +padding-right: 0.5em; +} +td.tocPageNum +{ +padding-left: 0.5em; +padding-right: 0; +} +td.tocDivTitle +{ +width: auto; +} +span.corr, span.gap +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted red; +} +span.abbr +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted gray; +} +span.measure +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted green; +} +/* Font Styles and Colors */ +.ex +{ +letter-spacing: 0.2em; +} +.sc +{ +font-variant: small-caps; +} +.uc +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +.tt +{ +font-family: monospace; +} +.underline +{ +text-decoration: underline; +} +/* overline is actually a bit too high; overtilde is approximated with overline */ +.overline, .overtilde +{ +text-decoration: overline; +} +.rm +{ +font-style: normal; +} +.red +{ +color: red; +} +/* End Font Styles and Colors */ +hr +{ +clear:both; +height:1px; +margin-left:auto; +margin-right:auto; +margin-top:1em; +text-align:center; +width:45%; +} +.aligncenter, div.figure +{ +text-align:center; +} +h1, h2 +{ +font-size:1.44em; +line-height:1.5em; +} +h1.label, h2.label +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h5, h6 +{ +font-size:1em; +font-style:italic; +line-height:1em; +} +p +{ +text-indent:0; +} +p.firstlinecaps:first-line +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +p.dropcap:first-letter +{ +float: left; +clear: left; +margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0; +padding: 0px; +line-height: 0.8em; +font-size: 420%; +vertical-align:super; +} +.lg +{ +padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%; +} +p.quote,div.blockquote, div.argument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin:1.58em 5%; +} +.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden +{ +text-decoration:none; +} +ul { list-style-type: none; } +.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; } +/* External Links */ +.pglink, .catlink, .exlink, .wplink, .biblink +{ +background-repeat: no-repeat; +background-position: right center; +} +.pglink +{ +background-image: url(images/book.png); +padding-right: 18px; +} +.catlink +{ +background-image: url(images/card.png); +padding-right: 17px; +} +.exlink, .wplink, .biblink +{ +background-image: url(images/external.png); +padding-right: 13px; +} +.pglink:hover +{ +background-color: #DCFFDC; +} +.catlink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFFFDC; +} +.exlink:hover, .wplink:hover, .biblink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFDCDC; +} +body +{ +background: #FFFFFF; +font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +} +body, a.hidden +{ +color: black; +} +h1, .h1 +{ +padding-bottom: 5em; +} +h1, h2, .h1, .h2 +{ +text-align: center; +font-variant: small-caps; +font-weight: normal; +} +p.byline +{ +text-align: center; +font-style: italic; +margin-bottom: 2em; +} +.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, .marginnote, p.legend, .versenum +{ +color: #660000; +} +.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a +{ +color: #AAAAAA; +} +a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover +{ +color: red; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 +{ +font-weight: normal; +} +table +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.tablecaption +{ +text-align: center; +} +.pagenum, .linenum +{ +speak: none; +} +</style> + +<style type="text/css"> +.xd19e110 +{ +text-align:center; +} +.xd19e115width +{ +width:390px; +} +.xd19e1700 +{ +text-align:center; +} +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Historical View of the Philippine +Islands, Vol I (of 2), by Martinez de Zuniga + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: An Historical View of the Philippine Islands, Vol I (of 2) + Exhibiting their discovery, population, language, + government, manners, customs, productions and commerce. + +Author: Martinez de Zuniga + +Translator: John Maver + +Release Date: February 29, 2012 [EBook #39010] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL VIEW--PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by the Digital & Multimedia Center, Michigan +State University Libraries.) + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class="front"> +<div class="div1 frenchtitle"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first xd19e110">An Historical View of the Philippine +Islands.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 titlepage"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"></p> +<div class="figure xd19e115width"><img src="images/titlepage.gif" alt= +"Original Title Page." width="390" height="720"></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="titlePage"> +<div class="docTitle"> +<div class="mainTitle">AN<br> +HISTORICAL VIEW<br> +OF THE<br> +PHILIPPINE ISLANDS:</div> +<div class="subTitle">EXHIBITING<br> +THEIR DISCOVERY, POPULATION, LANGUAGE,<br> +GOVERNMENT, MANNERS, CUSTOMS,<br> +PRODUCTIONS AND COMMERCE.</div> +</div> +<div class="byline">FROM THE SPANISH OF<br> +<span class="docAuthor">Martinez de Zuñiga.</span></div> +<div class="docImprint">PUBLISHED AT MANILA, 1803.<br> +IN TWO VOLUMES.<br> +WITH<br> +A NEW AND ACCURATE MAP OF THE ISLANDS,<br> +FROM THE BEST AUTHORITIES, PUBLIC AND PRIVATE.</div> +<div class="byline">TRANSLATED<br> +BY <span class="docAuthor">JOHN MAVER, ESQ.</span></div> +<div class="docImprint">VOL. I.<br> +<i>LONDON</i>:<br> +PRINTED FOR J. ASPERNE, CORNHILL; AND NONAVILLE AND FELL, NEW +BOND-STREET:<br> +<i>By T. Davison, Whitefriars</i>.<br> +<span class="docDate">1814.</span></div> +</div> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e178" href="#xd19e178" name= +"xd19e178">v</a>]</span></p> +<div id="intro" class="div1 introduction"><span class= +"pagenum">[<a href="#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e180" class="main">INTRODUCTION.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The original, of which the following translation is +offered to the English reader, is, probably, the only copy which has +yet reached this country. Whether the chance which threw it in the way +of the translator may be deemed fortunate or otherwise must be left to +the decision of the candid public; but it appeared to him that the +information it contains respecting a Spanish colony, the most +interesting of any other to a British subject, supplies that +desideratum so much wanted in our language;—<i>a correct view +down to a very late period of the Spanish establishments in the +Philippines</i>.</p> +<p>The position of these islands, and, indeed, that of the eastern +Archipelago generally, whether considered in a political or commercial +point of view, is sufficiently important. They form the entrepôt +of Europe, India, China, the immensely extended regions of Spanish +America, the north-western coasts of the new, and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e189" href="#xd19e189" name= +"xd19e189">vi</a>]</span>north-eastern coasts of the old world; and in +the storms which at present convulse the political atmosphere of +Europe, as well as that of both the Americas, it is not easy even to +conjecture what may be their fate.</p> +<p>The productions of these islands are various, and of a value and +importance unquestionably high. In the hands of an industrious +population, and under a fostering government, there is scarcely any +vegetable substance which, by slender exertion, they may not be made to +yield, whilst the choicest treasures of the mineral kingdom, lodged +beneath their irregular surface, minister largely to the cupidity, and +furnish materials for the more enterprising labours of man.</p> +<p>Gold is in abundance; iron, steel, copper, lead, pitch and tar, +hemp, cotton, indigo, sugar, cocoa, pepper, betel, cowries, +tortoiseshell, mother of pearl and pearls, hides, coyar, tobacco, corn +and rice excellent and abundant, with a variety of other productions, +contribute to the wants of commerce; while in this enumeration will be +found all the articles which, with the aid of the finest building +timber in the world, are requisite for the construction and complete +equipment of ships of every description.</p> +<p>The established intercourse of these islands with Japan and China +offers a ready transit for <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e197" +href="#xd19e197" name="xd19e197">vii</a>]</span>manufactures; and +although it is understood that the East India Company furnishes an +adequate supply of our woollen staple to the China market, we may yet +fairly expect that British enterprize will not overlook the advantages +which the opening of the India trade holds out in this quarter; nor +will the introduction of British manufactures into these islands, +either with an ultimate view to the above markets, or to those of +Spanish America, in any material degree interfere with the staple trade +of the Company: there is full scope for adventure in this new vineyard, +and labourers will not be wanting.</p> +<p>The political jealousy, and the national and religious prejudices of +the Spaniards, have till lately opposed a bar to an extended +intercourse with the Philippines; but the tide which hitherto has +flowed in that direction seems of late to have commenced its ebb. The +events of the last twenty years have been in their nature so +extraordinary, and in their effects so powerful a solvent of all the +prejudices, fostered by ignorance and superstition, that the dawn of a +new day seems to open upon mankind<span class="corr" id="xd19e201" +title="Source: ,">.</span> Let us hope that while these clouds vanish +before the morning sun, the great bonds of society will remain +unbroken, and that the liberties of Europe, and consequently those of +the world, will be fixed on a permanent foundation. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e204" href="#xd19e204" name= +"xd19e204">viii</a>]</span></p> +<p>The well-wisher to the temporal and eternal felicity of the human +race will hail, with becoming exultation, the opportunity which it is +hoped will now be offered of spreading the Christian faith, and +amicably and peaceably lending the reformed religion in aid of the +Catholic missions, to civilize the population of this extensive portion +of the eastern hemisphere.</p> +<p>As a literary production, the original has probably little claim to +merit, the author conveying his matter in a style more monastic than +flowing; at the same time that he seems to be generally under the +influence of that bias, which an early seclusion from life entails upon +the mind, and upon which even his official opportunities of intercourse +with the best society in Manila seem to have had a very limited effect. +The translator has found him too often occupying his pages with +contentions between the respective religious orders, insignificant in +their nature even to a Spaniard, and so much more so to the English +reader, that he has taken the liberty of altogether omitting them in +the translation, except where connected with the political affairs of +the settlement; and although by these means several of the chapters are +reduced to almost nominal importance; yet considering the division of +the subject in this form as adopted on fair grounds by the author, he +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e209" href="#xd19e209" name= +"xd19e209">ix</a>]</span>hopes he will be deemed justifiable in +retaining it even with the sacrifice of something of appearance.</p> +<p>Having said as much as he hopes can be urged against the original +production, the translator willingly advocates Zuñiga's cause in +respect to its intrinsic value, as giving to the public the only +correct view of this interesting settlement, purporting to be brought +down to the peace of 1763; but in fact, as we may reasonably conclude, +extended to the period of publication at Manila in 1803. From +information which may be fully relied on, it appears that Zuñiga +may, with more propriety, be deemed the editor than the author, as he +was in Manila, and superintended the publication in 1803; with the +credit of having only arranged for the press the papers of a deceased +collector; a conclusion justified by the circumstance of the work +closing with the peace of 1763, for there could not be any very solid +reason for his declining an account of the forty years intervening +between that event and the period of publication, had he himself been +the author. If, however, we are by these means without a detail of the +actual events which took place, it is probable we may have less cause +for regret on account of the very limited progress which we well know +improvement, or even <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e213" href= +"#xd19e213" name="xd19e213">x</a>]</span>amelioration, have been +suffered to make under the Spanish monarchy during the period in +question. At any rate, we have grounds for supposing that if any +alteration, favourable or unfavourable, has taken place, Zuñiga +has contrived to weave it into the work; for it is asserted by those +whose residence renders them competent judges, that the view he gives +of the settlement is correct to the latest period.</p> +<p>The origin and language of these islanders have engaged the +attention of our ablest orientalists. From certain similar +characteristics in the persons of the inhabitants of the interior, or +aborigines of the islands, they have hitherto had an African origin +assigned to them; and nearly from the same source (Madagascar), it has +been supposed that the Malay population has flowed, which has in a +great measure inundated the Archipelago, as well as some parts of the +continental coasts.</p> +<p>Similarity, or even approximation of language and manners +unquestionably offer great facilities in enquiries of this nature, and +they have accordingly been resorted to by all our oriental +physiologists in their researches respecting the eastern Archipelago; +and so far as regards the Malays and Malayan language, these researches +have been attended with corresponding success; but in respect to the +aboriginal language, or <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e220" href= +"#xd19e220" name="xd19e220">xi</a>]</span>Tagalic, very slight attempts +have been made to trace it beyond the quarter in which it was found to +prevail. Our author has not failed to enter into the discussion, and +from the premises he lays down, not unreasonably, draws the conclusion +that the Tagalic language and original population of all the islands +westward of the coast of South America derive from that continent.</p> +<p>It is certainly consonant to reason to presume that the aborigines, +or mountaineers of the interior of these islands, in their primitive +state, were more likely to change their residence (if intentionally) by +committing themselves to a favourable breeze blowing pretty constantly +in one direction from the eastward; or if in consequence of misfortune, +by finding their efforts unavailing to encounter an adverse wind, and +again reach their own coasts; than to suppose even with all the aid the +monsoons could afford them in an erratic navigation from Africa through +the Indian ocean to the Archipelago, that they should diffuse +themselves from that point in every direction over the South Sea, in +the face of an almost constant current of wind, blowing occasionally +with extreme violence.</p> +<p>The Malay population most probably had its origin as stated. The +superior acquirements of that nation doubtless might enable them to +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e226" href="#xd19e226" name= +"xd19e226">xii</a>]</span>encounter those difficulties which have been +mentioned, and either by their extensive conquests, or acknowledged +commercial activity, to induce their language to be received as the +general medium of intercourse. On the subject of this language, and its +different dialects in these islands, some variety of opinion may be +fairly allowed to prevail; and Sir W. Jones, Dr. Wilkins, Mr. Marsden, +Mr. Raffles, and other authorities, may not be decided as to its +source; but it is generally allowed that the language spoken by the +Papuans, Samangs, and Negritos of the Philippines, and adjacent +islands, is totally different from the Malayan; and as Mr. Marsden +expresses himself, “presents a subject of research as curious as +it is obscure.”</p> +<p>This latter gentleman, in the ingenious introduction to his valuable +grammar of the Malayan language, says, that the large islands of this +archipelago have their own peculiar language spoken by the inhabitants +of the interior, while the Malayan is generally used in the districts +bordering on the coasts, at the mouths and on the banks of navigable +rivers, and has thence acquired the appellation of the Lingua Franca of +the east. The antiquity of this insular or original language, we are, +he says, without the means of ascertaining; but he well supports its +stability by the strong proof he adduces of Pigafetta's <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e230" href="#xd19e230" name= +"xd19e230">xiii</a>]</span>Vocabulary of the Tidore language, in 1521, +differing in no respect from that of the present day. Mr. Marsden seems +to conclude that the Malay population of this archipelago has its root +in Sumatra, the inhabitants of which island claim immediate descent +from some of the companions of Noah, landed there from the ark; and +both Mr. Marsden, and Mr. Raffles, the present Governor of Java, +assert, that the language spoken in Sumatra differs in no material +respect from that spoken in the Malayan peninsula.</p> +<p>Upon any occasion where additional light could be thrown upon the +subject of these islands, the translator has not scrupled to avail +himself of the best authorities for that purpose. The <i lang= +"fr">Voyage de Sonnerat aux Indes orientales et a la Chine</i>, edited +and enlarged by Sonnini, has been of great service in this respect, as +containing the most authentic information which was possible to be +procured by a foreigner, aided by every facility which the influence of +the court of France over that of Madrid could furnish, and entering +upon the undertaking with the express intention of seconding the views +of France on the colonial establishments of her European +neighbours.</p> +<p>The translator hopes that, on the whole, the notes and extracts will +not be found unimportant or useless. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"xd19e239" href="#xd19e239" name="xd19e239">xiv</a>]</span></p> +<p>On the subject of the map of the Philippines, accompanying this +work, the translator trusts he will be excused expressing the +gratification he feels in presenting it to the world as the only +correct delineation of these islands in existence. A collection of the +existing authorities he found answered no purpose, as being at variance +not only with each other, but still more with the unpublished +manuscript, and other authentic information he derived from the most +competent private sources. To John Barrow, Esq. second Secretary, and +Captain Hurd, Hydrographer to the Admiralty, he feels greatly indebted +for the communications they favoured him with, and for amenity and +politeness which accompanied them. To the first eastern scholar in this +country, probably in Europe, Dr. Wilkins, Librarian to the East India +Company, he owes more obligations than he can express. He takes this +opportunity of expressing his gratitude for the kind assistance +afforded by Captain Horsburgh, Hydrographer to the East India Company, +who has had full opportunity, for the exercise of his practical and +theoretical acquirements as a navigator in the eastern Archipelago, and +who surveyed the western coasts of these islands, and in particular the +northern extremity of the island of Luzon; to him he owes the +correction of many errors, in respect to latitude <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e242" href="#xd19e242" name= +"xd19e242">xv</a>]</span>and longitude, which disgrace the existing +charts; and to him likewise the map is indebted, for a more perfect +delineation of the coasts, and for the disappearance of certain +dangerous rocks which he has ascertained to have no existence. From +these sources, aided by the suggestions of commanders in the India +service, in regard to the nautical part, and from John Guise, Esq. of +Baker-street, whose residence of nine years in Manila afforded him +ample means of information respecting the interior of Luzon, the map, +it is presumed, may be deemed the most correct extant. To this latter +gentleman he has to acknowledge further obligations on the score of the +general information he has kindly furnished. To his friend, John +Jackson, Esq. whose literary attainments do him so much honour, the +translator is under particular obligations for the kind assistance +afforded him in regard to the map. To Peter Guichenet, Esq. he feels +particularly indebted, as well as to another friend, for the permission +to extract from his excellent manuscript translation of <i>Sonnerat</i> +as much as answered his purpose.</p> +<p>The merit of a translator is very limited. He is answerable for +little beyond the actual transfusion of his author's meaning in +appropriate language: whatever the present translator has attempted +beyond this is contained in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e249" +href="#xd19e249" name="xd19e249">xvi</a>]</span>the notes, and is added +with the hope of rendering the publication as valuable as possible, and +as replete with information on the religious, moral, political, and +commercial state of these dependencies on the Spanish crown as the +existing sources are capable of furnishing. He lays it before the +public with diffidence, but with the hope that it will add to the stock +of general knowledge; equally useful to the moralist, the politician, +and the merchant. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb1" href="#pb1" name= +"pb1">1</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="body"> +<div id="ch1" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e254" class="super">PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.</h2> +<h2 class="main">CHAPTER I.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Their Description—Productions and +Commerce.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The Philippine Islands were so named by Ruy Lopez de +Villalobos, in compliment to Philip the Second, when Prince of +Asturias. They originally were called the Western Isles, or the +Archipelago of Saint Lazarus, the name which Magellan gave them when +first discovered by him. These islands are numerous; their appearance +on the map is that of a large blanket full of holes and rents. The +principal of them is <i>Luzon</i>, so called, because at the doorway of +each house stands a large wooden mortar, which, in the language of the +country, is called <i>Losong</i>, and in which the Indians <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2" href="#pb2" name="pb2">2</a>]</span>wash their +rice. This island resembles the arm a little bent, and in the part +which corresponds to the elbow is situated the city of Manila, on the +shore of a fine bay, thirty leagues in circumference, and which +receives some considerable rivers, among others the Pasig, which +flowing from a large lake, situated to the east of Manila, at the +distance of three leagues, washes its walls on the north side: its +water is very soft and salubrious.</p> +<p>Before the Spaniards arrived this district was occupied by the +nation Tagala, inhabiting many towns and mud villages, governed by +petty chiefs. It is now divided into various provinces, under the +government of their respective Alcaldes Mayores, who collect the royal +tribute, and administer justice among the Indians. At three leagues +distance from Manila, to the south-west, lies the port of Cavite, so +called from the word <i lang="tl">cauit</i>, a fish-hook, to which the +tongue of land on which it <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href= +"#pb3" name="pb3">3</a>]</span>stands bears a strong resemblance. +Cavite is defended by an indifferent fort, the governor of which is +nominated by the court of Madrid. It is likewise provided with a +complete arsenal for the accommodation, as well of the Acapulco ships, +and a few small vessels for the defence of the islands from the Moors, +as for general use.</p> +<p>To the north from the nation Tagala, we found the nations Pampanga, +Zambales, Pangasinan, Ylocos, and Cagayan. Each of these nations formed +a distinct community, with a distinct language, or dialect of the same +language, and was distributed in mud villages, having no king or +supreme head to govern them; but in lieu of that, a number of petty +chiefs, or rajahs, whose authority scarcely extended over fifty or an +hundred families respectively: after the conquest, each of these +nations was constituted into a province, governed by a Spanish Alcalde +Mayor. To the east from the nation Tagala are the Camarines, whose +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4" name= +"pb4">4</a>]</span>district has been divided into two provinces, that +of Camarines, and that of Albay, each under an Alcalde Mayor. The +greater part of the island is mountainous; it is crossed from the north +to the south by an immense chain, from which diverge those +ramifications that spread through the whole island, in many cases even +forming detached mountains, like insulated cones in the midst of +extensive plains. The whole of this elevated part of the country +occupying nearly all the interior, is either a desert, or inhabited by +a set of wretched people who do not acknowledge the Spanish government. +There are in this island several volcanos, as that of Mayon, which is +between the provinces of Albay and Camarines. It has a sugar-loaf +figure, and is of such altitude that it may be discovered at an immense +distance at sea. The de Taal is of a similar form, and stands in the +middle of a large lake, called de Bombon; it exhibits sufficient proof +that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href="#pb5" name= +"pb5">5</a>]</span>the mountain in whose top the volcano was, while in +its active state, has sunk, remaining, however, still pretty much +elevated above the water. There are other volcanos, and many warm +springs, indicating the fermentation in the bowels of this island, from +which, no doubt, arise those earthquakes to which it is subject, and +which, one day, may produce new eruptions. We know that these volcanos +at times throw out ashes, stones, sand, water, and lava, inundating and +destroying the habitations, and rendering the fields a desert.</p> +<p>To the south of Luzon lie the principal islands of Mindoro, Panay, +Marinduque, Negros, Masbate, Zebu, Bohol, Leyte, Samar, besides some +very small ones, the whole of which we denominate Bisayas, or Islas de +Pintados, Painted Islands, their inhabitants having been accustomed to +paint their bodies before our arrival in this quarter. All these +islands <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" href="#pb6" name= +"pb6">6</a>]</span>acknowledge the Spanish government, and pay tribute +to the king, which the corregidores, or Alcaldes Mayores of the +provinces into which they are divided, collect. More to the south from +these islands are Mindanao and Jolo. In Mindanao the provinces of +Misamis and Caraga are subject to the Spaniards: the rest of the island +has not submitted, and is engaged with Jolo and other islands in +constant hostility against them; and although there have been +occasional intervals of peace, they have been of short duration.</p> +<p>For these two centuries past these islanders have been plundering +the coasts of our provinces, have taken an immense number of vessels, +pillaged many villages, burnt many towns, destroyed many inhabitants, +and made slaves of a very great number of the clergy, both Spaniards +and Indians<a href="#n1"><sup>1</sup></a>.</p> +<p>We have in Mindanao the garrison of Zamboanga, with a Spanish +governor, to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href="#pb7" name= +"pb7">7</a>]</span>check these depredations; but as yet we have found +little benefit from this establishment.</p> +<p>To the east of these islands, at the distance of three hundred +leagues, are found las Marianas, las Carolinas, and the islands de +Palaos, or Pelew. Of these, the Marianas alone are under the dominion +of the Spaniards. Here there is a governor, with a detachment of +troops, to overawe the Indians, and three Franciscan friars to instruct +them in the Christian religion.</p> +<p>These islands have no other communication with the rest of the world +than what is afforded by the Acapulco ship, which, in returning to +Manila, touches there, with the portion of the revenue appropriated to +the support of this presidency. By this opportunity they likewise +receive wine for mass, grain, furniture, clothing, and a few other +necessaries; this obscure corner producing only horned cattle, hogs, +fowls, and a few vegetables, such as the bread-fruit <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href="#pb8" name="pb8">8</a>]</span>and others, +which serve the inhabitants instead of bread. These supplies are +annually imported by the governor; and as there is no other store in +the island than his, the price he fixes is at his own option. From this +commerce he draws all his income; and under such oppression it is not +to be wondered at that this colony is as poor as the first day it was +discovered<a href="#n2"><sup>2</sup></a>. Rice, Indian corn, and wheat +would grow abundantly in these islands, but every attempt to raise them +in any quantity, has been rendered of no avail by the swarms of rats, +which pour down from the mountains, and sweep all before them. From the +combination of these political and natural causes, the situation of the +inhabitants of these islands is so miserable, that some of our +historians would persuade us, they entertain no wish to propagate the +species, that their children may avoid their unhappy lot. On this +account, it is added, the Indians diminish considerably in number; +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9" name= +"pb9">9</a>]</span>but this seems to be a mistake, as the diminution of +the Indians, if it may be so called, may be rather attributed to the +following cause.</p> +<p>The population of the Marianas, independent of the native Indians, +consists of many from New Spain, some Philippine Indians, and some +Chinese, who come in the suite of the governors. These men being +married to women of the country, the children born of these marriages, +are registered by the friars on a list of casts, distinguished from the +Indian casts, from which it clearly appears that, in proportion as +these mixed casts have increased, the Indian casts must have +diminished, and, in all probability, in a short time this latter cast +will be annihilated, as has already happened in some of the Spanish +settlements. This being the case, we ought not to say the Indians +diminish but change their cast. With all these casts united, our +historians would wish us to believe, that <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb10" href="#pb10" name="pb10">10</a>]</span>there are, at present, +fewer inhabitants in the Marianas than formerly; but that cannot be the +case, since the Jesuits, in quitting these islands, left a greater +population than they found in the year 1738; and the Franciscans report +that that has increased progressively since. It is certain the +population does increase, as is clearly shewn by the lists of the +casts. Indeed the inhabitants of the Philippines have doubled every +century; and I believe it is the case with all the population of +America, although foreigners charge us, with occasioning the diminution +of the Indian population, by our oppressive and bad management, quoting +our own historians in support of the charge. It ought to be +recollected, however, that by these, the number of inhabitants which +the Spaniards found on their arrival, is considerably exaggerated, +whenever they are desirous of giving additional splendor to the actions +of the heroes they celebrate; and, on the contrary, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb11" href="#pb11" name="pb11">11</a>]</span>when it +is their object to detract, they draw a very opposite picture, and, +attempting to diminish their numbers, assert that their diminution is +the consequence of oppression. From the amount of the tributes, +however, referred to by these historians, and levied at different +times, the evident conclusion is, that the Spaniards did not find the +tenth part of the inhabitants, which are now in existence.</p> +<p>The geographical description of the Philippines is, that they are in +the torrid zone, between five and nineteen degrees of northern +latitude; the sun twice passes its zenith, and produces those vapours +which, descending in copious showers, and being again absorbed by the +earth, form fountains, hot springs, and large lakes. This rainy or wet +season lasts while we have the Sun to the north, that is, from about +May till September, and at times till the beginning of December, from +which latter <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12" href="#pb12" name= +"pb12">12</a>]</span>period till May there is continual spring. The +regular winds are the north, the east, and the south-west, and they +each prevail between three and four months at a time, the change of one +wind for another, being attended with violent storms of thunder, +lightning, and, at times, whirlwinds. Indeed these storms are complete +hurricanes, which run all round the compass in less than twenty-four +hours, tearing up trees by the roots, and laying waste the whole +country. These are so frequent, that we may justly complain, +considering our proximity to the line, of the want of sufficient solar +influence, to render the climate of these islands more agreeable. It +cannot be said that we have oppressive heat in the Philippines<a href= +"#n3"><sup>3</sup></a>; there reigns throughout the greater part of the +year, a most beautiful spring, and if the atmosphere were less moist, +it would be the most delicious climate in the world. To this moist +atmosphere, and moderately warm temperature, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb13" href="#pb13" name="pb13">13</a>]</span>is +joined of course a great fertility. The trees are always covered with +leaves, and the soil with vegetation. The harvests of rice are most +abundant; the plants shoot up with great beauty immediately, but the +luxuriance of the soil renders it necessary, continually to clear away +the weeds, which harbour many insects of a destructive kind, and others +so dangerous as to diminish greatly the comforts and enjoyments of a +country, which, in point of fertility, returns one hundred fold of +rice, the common food of the Indians.</p> +<p>Rice is the principal production of these islands, and it was +cultivated to much greater extent before the Spaniards arrived +here<a href="#n4"><sup>4</sup></a>. They have likewise some pulse, as +mongos, patani, kidney-beans, and millet. The inhabitants breed up, +under the same roof with themselves, pigs, fowls, ducks, goats, and +even buffaloes. In the mountains there are many deer, and the woods and +fields produce all sorts of pigeons, <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb14" href="#pb14" name="pb14">14</a>]</span>small birds, quails, a +species of partridge; woodcocks, &c. Few are disposed to indulge +themselves in this latter kind of sporting; they apply themselves +ardently to hunting the deer, to which they are particularly partial. +The sea abounds with very rich fish, such as the pargo, the eel, the +sole, the pampano, the mojarra, the garropa, the shad, the tunny, the +corvina, the tanguingui, and an infinite number of others, caught +either with hooks or common nets, and likewise with a species of net +very much used in these rivers, and even out at sea, so constructed +that the fish may enter, but are unable to escape<a href= +"#n5"><sup>5</sup></a>.</p> +<p>In this occupation the inhabitants of these islands take more +delight than in any thing else, as it is a pursuit which at once +indulges their indolent habits, and gratifies their partiality to fish +in preference to animal food. Throughout the country are found many +other productions, contributing to the support of life, and which, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15" name= +"pb15">15</a>]</span>though not so relishing as those enumerated above, +are probably better suited to their relaxed habits; and the pith of the +palm, shoots of the sugar-cane, green withs, and other succulent +productions, serve for food to those, who have no desire to labour for +their subsistence. They cultivate the bread-fruit, beans, the cacauate, +&c. and they pay particular attention to the palm tree, from which +they procure both a spirit and an oil, together with a sweet-meat, +which they call chancaca. There are few fruit-trees, and those are bad, +with the exception of the plantain, of which there is a great variety, +and all excellent and fine flavoured, and the orange, of which there +are two kinds. The mango, a very rich fruit, it is imagined, the +Spaniards imported from the coast of South America. We finish our +enumeration with the cultivation of a species of the palm tree, which +bears a very hard, little fruit of the form of a green nut. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16" name= +"pb16">16</a>]</span>This being cut, a highly scented kernel, or eye, +is found enclosed, which is called <i>Itmo</i>. This is laid in lime, +to make what they call <i>Buyo</i>, which being chewed, produces a red +saliva, together with a disorder in the mouth, to which they are so +habituated, that they are uneasy when without it. This custom prevails +generally, and even many Spaniards adopt it with great avidity. There +are in this country mines of iron and gold, but of little value, either +from the indolence of the natives, or the insignificance of these +objects to the Spaniards, affording too little profit in their commerce +with Acapulco to deserve attention. Gold is likewise, by washing, +separated from the sand, which the waters bring down from the +mountains.</p> +<p>In Paracale they work the mines in the same manner as they do in New +Spain, but the natives are so addicted to sloth, it is not possible to +render them so productive as those of South America. In the +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb17" href="#pb17" name= +"pb17">17</a>]</span>mountains there is excellent timber for building +ships or houses, and the canes are of an immense size, very long, and +as thick as a man's thigh; of these latter the Indians construct their +houses, covering them with the leaf of the palm. They raise cotton for +clothing, which they dye various colours with logwood, indigo, and the +achiote, a large tree, whose seed is used for that purpose. There is +great abundance of wax and wild honey, amber, pearls, mother of pearl, +marble, tar, brimstone, and many other objects of less value in a +commercial point of view.</p> +<p>To these productions the Spaniards have added horses and horned +cattle, which have multiplied so much that they are to be found in the +mountains without an owner, and where those that want may supply their +wants at pleasure. They likewise introduced sheep, geese, grapes, figs, +wheat, pepper, coffee, cocoa, sugar, tobacco, and various species of +plants, which <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href="#pb18" name= +"pb18">18</a>]</span>thrive so well, and produce so much, that the +Indian, with all his sloth, acknowledges the utility of cultivating +them.</p> +<p>There are, in these islands, some natural curiosities deserving +particular notice, such as the paxarillo, a species of small swallow, +which forms its nest chiefly of the froth of the sea<a href= +"#n6"><sup>6</sup></a>, and which is held in such estimation by the +Chinese, as a principal dish at their table, that they purchase it at +any price.</p> +<p>The <i>Balate</i> is a species of sea worm, which, likewise, is sold +in China at a high price. The <i>Siguey</i>, is a small shining +shell<a href="#n7"><sup>7</sup></a>, which forms the current money of +the Malays. The <i>Tabon</i>, is a bird, which lays eggs similar to +those of the turkey, burying them very deep in the sand on the sea +shore, and when hatched by the heat of the sun, it tears away the sand +that covers them, and the young come out. The <i>Caiman</i>, is a +species of crocodile; a large and uncouth animal, the more curious in +this <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19" name= +"pb19">19</a>]</span>respect, that it is produced from an egg, of the +same size as that of the duck. The <i>Chacon</i>, is a lizard, which +takes up its abode in the houses, and repeatedly articulates clearly +the word <i>toco</i>. The <i>Calo</i>, is a bird, which has a kind of +hollow shell in his head, and crows, at certain hours of the day, the +same as the cock. The <i>Taclobo</i>, is a large species of the oyster, +the shell of which will hold a pitcher of water; indeed they are used +as vessels for holy water in the churches. Our historians mention many +curiosities even more rare than these, but I do not enumerate them, as +they seem to have been ill informed on the subject, and I fear with +good reason, having been too much under the influence of the +marvellous, they have given credit to the Indians, who are always +desirous of distinguishing themselves by the relation of something very +uncommon.</p> +<p>With all these productions, the Indians formed a species of +commerce, or barter, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20" +name="pb20">20</a>]</span>among each other, still considering gold as +the representative of general value, or medium of exchange; they were +likewise in the habit of trading with the Chinese, and with the Moors +of Borneo, for flag-stones, copper, articles of furniture, &c. but +in very small quantities, their wants being necessarily few, going +almost naked, baking their rice in green canes, and eating it with the +leaf of the plantain.</p> +<p>The Spaniards, soon after they came into possession of these +islands, commenced an extended commerce with India and China, which +brought to New Spain, a proportionable increase of profit; and in a +little time, Manila became so rich a colony, that it created a jealousy +among the merchants of Seville, and, in consequence of their petition, +its commerce was restricted. From this period it began to decline, and +to the great detriment of these islands, which cannot subsist by the +exchange of their own productions alone, these being <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21" name="pb21">21</a>]</span>very +limited in their nature, and incapable of much extension, surrounded as +they are by other nations, more industrious, and who can work at a +cheaper rate<a href="#n8"><sup>8</sup></a>.</p> +<p>The luxuriant nature of the soil of these islands, has been much and +justly extolled, but, proper allowance has not been made, for the sloth +of the Indians, the hurricanes or tempests, which sweep every thing +before them, the destructive insects, the rats, and many other things, +which diminish greatly the fertility of these beautiful islands<a href= +"#n9"><sup>9</sup></a>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb22" href= +"#pb22" name="pb22">22</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch2" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e419" class="main">CHAPTER II.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Inhabitants the Spaniards found in the +Philippines—their Language, Customs, and Religion.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Our historians, affecting always the marvellous, +divide into different classes, the inhabitants the Spaniards found, on +their first arrival in the Philippines. They denominate them satyrs, +men with tails, sea monsters, and whatever else of the fabulous, is +calculated to raise wonder in the human mind. In reality, however, they +found only two classes, that which we know by the appellation of +Negroes, and that of the Indians. The Negroes are very small in +stature, and more of a copper colour than those of Guinea, with soft +hair and flat noses. They lived in the mountains, almost in a state of +nature, merely <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb23" href="#pb23" name= +"pb23">23</a>]</span>covering the forepart of the body, with a piece of +the bark of a tree; and they subsisted upon roots, and such deer, as in +hunting, they could kill with the bow and arrow, at which they were +very dexterous. They slept where night overtook them, and they +possessed no idea of religion or civilized habits, rather, indeed, +ranking with beasts than as human beings. The Spaniards, have at length +succeeded, in domesticating many of them, and converting them to +christianity, to which they give no opposition, so long as they get +subsistence, but if they are obliged to labour, for the maintenance of +their family, they return again to the mountains.</p> +<p>The Negroes, without doubt, were the primitive inhabitants of these +islands, and they retired to the mountains, on the arrival of the +Indians. These latter, settling on the sea shore, continual hostility +prevailed between them, but the Indians were never able, to establish +themselves sufficiently, to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb24" href= +"#pb24" name="pb24">24</a>]</span>be permitted, even to cut wood in the +mountains, without paying a tribute for it. At present, the influence +of the Negroes is very limited, but their antipathy to their first +invaders, continues unabated; for, if a Negro is killed, or dies +suddenly, it is customary for another, to bind himself to his +countrymen by an oath, that he will disappear from among them, and that +he will not return, until he has avenged the death of his friend, by +killing three or four Indians, to accomplish which, he watches their +villages, and the passes in the mountains, and if any unfortunately +stray from their companions, he murders them.</p> +<p>The origin of these Negroes, some believe to be, from Angola<a href= +"#n10"><sup>10</sup></a>, though they are not so black as their +ancestors, which it is pretended, proceeds from the temperature of +these islands being milder, and less scorching than that of Africa. +This possibly may be so, for it is well known, that by changing, from a +sultry to a temperate <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb25" href="#pb25" +name="pb25">25</a>]</span>climate, the blackness of the Negro may be +diminished, in the course of a long series of generations; yet, the +flat nose, and using a dialect of the same language, which the Indians +of these isles speak, appears to prove satisfactorily enough, that the +origin of one and the other, is nearly the same. The reason assigned, +for their not being more numerous, is, the influence of the rain, wind, +sun, and all those inclemencies natural to the climate, to which they +are exposed; the errors of the government, having reduced them to the +condition, almost, of wild beasts, in which we now see them<a href= +"#n11"><sup>11</sup></a>. The Indians whom the Spaniards found here, +were of regular stature, and of an olive complexion, with flat noses, +large eyes, and long hair. They all possessed some description of +government better or worse, and each nation was distinguished by a +different name; but, the similarity of their dress and manners, proves +that the origin of all of them is the same. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href="#pb26" name="pb26">26</a>]</span></p> +<p>They had chiefs, who held their situations, either on account of +personal valour, or by succession to their fathers, where they had +abilities to retain it. Their dominion extended over one or two +villages, or more, according to the means they possessed, of extending +protection. They were continually at war with the neighbouring +villages, and continually making each other slaves. Out of these wars, +arose three classes of people; the chiefs or masters of the villages, +the slaves, and those whom the chiefs had enfranchised, with their +descendants, and who, to this day, are called Timavas, properly +signifying children of liberty. In some places, were found Indians +whiter than others, descended, without doubt, from Chinese or Japanese, +who had been shipwrecked on these coasts, and whom the Indians, +naturally hospitable, received, and allowed to intermarry with them; +and it is generally believed that the Ygorrotes of Ylocos, whose eyes +resemble <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href="#pb27" name= +"pb27">27</a>]</span>the Chinese, must have originated from the +companions of Limahon, who fled to those mountains, when Juan de +Salcedo compelled him to his disgraceful retreat, from the province of +Pangasinan.</p> +<p>It is not, however, after all, easy to ascertain the origin of these +people, but their idiom throws some degree of light on the subject. +Although the languages these Indians speak, are many and different, +they have so much intercourse one with another, that it may clearly be +discovered, they are dialects of the same language, as the Spanish, +French, and Italian, are derivatives from the Latin. The prepositions +and pronouns, are nearly the same in all of them; the numeral +characters, differ very little, and they have many words in common, and +of one and the same structure.</p> +<p>No doubt can be entertained, that the radical language, from which +all those dialects spring, prevails from Madagascar to the Philippines, +with local shades of difference. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb28" +href="#pb28" name="pb28">28</a>]</span>It is spoken too in New Guinea, +and in all the islands to the southward, in the Marianas, in the +islands of San Duisk, in those of Otaheite, and in almost all the +islands in the South Sea. In one collection of voyages, there are given +various vocabularies, with such corresponding terminations, as the +respective travellers, were able to distinguish among these islands. It +is remarkable, that in these almost all the pronouns, are the same with +those of the nation Tagala; the numerals, are common to all the +dialects, used in these islands, and most of the words are the same, +and with the same signification, as in the language Tagala. But, I am +the more inclined to believe the identity of the dialects, from a +conversation which I had with Don Juan Hovel, an Englishman, who spoke +that of San Duisk, and who had a slave, a native of one of those +islands. The structure, appeared to be the same, as that of the +languages spoken in the Philippines; and on <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29" name="pb29">29</a>]</span>the +whole, I feel confident in the opinion, that they are all dialects of +the same language, so widely diffused over so large a portion of the +earth. It is ascertained, that this language, is in common use for many +thousand leagues, extending from Madagascar to the isles of San Duisk, +Otaheite, and the isle of Pasquas, which latter, is not more than six +hundred leagues distant, from the coast of South America. Yet, the +Indians of the Philippines, do not understand the people of these last +mentioned islands, when they have occasional intercourse with them; +nor, even in these islands, do the inhabitants of one province, +understand those of another. So neither does the Spaniard understand +the Frenchman, nor the Frenchman the Italian.</p> +<p>In the same collection of voyages, already referred to, we find a +vocabulary of only five terminations, which the Spaniards have +distinguished on the coast of Patagonia, and which they have been able +to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30" name= +"pb30">30</a>]</span>assimilate to the language of these islands, and +one of those is the word <i>balay</i>, which in that country signifies +a house; and by this same word they designate a house among the +Pampangos, and the inhabitants of the Bisayas in general. This may be +more matter of accident than of proof, that the languages of one and +the other is the same; but on observing, besides this, that the proper +names of places about the middle of the continent of South America are +very similar to those of the Philippines, I endeavoured to procure a +vocabulary of this country, and did not fail to examine, with great +diligence and attention, the few words of the language of Chili which +Ercilla mentions in his Araucana, and which I found perfectly +conformable to the language Tagala. The name Chili is a derivation from +this language: the Cormorant is called Cachile, and this is a name +which the Malays give to the sons of their kings. Chilian, which +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31" name= +"pb31">31</a>]</span>is a town of Chili, is a compound from the +language of Tagala, in which language the termination <i>an</i> gives +the signification <i>town</i>. Thus from Cachile we draw Cachilian, +meaning a town, where there are cormorants. Mapocho, which is the +situation where the city of Santiago stands, is another word of Tagalic +composition, signifying a town, and pocquiot being a kind of herb, we +form the name Mapocquiot, a town in which there is abundance of this +herb.</p> +<p>In Chili they frequently double the syllables in forming a word, as +ytayta, biobio, lemolemo, colocolo, &c. and this occurs in the +Tagala language; for instance, we say ataata, bilobilo, lebomlebom, +colocolo. A great many other words are either actually of Tagalic +derivation, or assimilate closely to that language. In examining the +structure of these two languages we are compelled to conclude that they +flow from one and the same source, and I dare affirm that the Indians +of the Philippines <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href="#pb32" +name="pb32">32</a>]</span>are descended from the aborigines of Chili +and Peru, and that the language of these islands derives immediately +from the parent source, those of the neighbouring islands being +dialects of this. Many will urge the absurdity of this supposition, on +the plea that the more immediate vicinity of the Philippines to Malacca +must have occasioned them to be colonized by the Malays, as our +historians generally assert. I do not deny that these islands could +easily have been peopled by the Malays, but how could they colonize the +Isles de Palaos and Marianas, which are distant more than three hundred +leagues? and it is still more improbable that they colonized the +islands of San Duisk and Otaheite, which are distant two thousand +leagues from the Philippines. All these people, however, have the same +language, the same manners and customs, and consequently the same +origin as our Indians. There is, in my opinion, this other reason for +supposing <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33" name= +"pb33">33</a>]</span>these latter islands could not be peopled from the +westward, viz. that in all the torrid zone the east wind generally +prevails, which being in direct opposition to the course from Malacca +and the adjacent islands, it is fair to conclude that the inhabitants +of all the islands of the South Sea came from the east, sailing before +the wind; for we have seen it often happen, that the Indians from the +Palaos have arrived at the Philippines, precisely under those +circumstances. On the contrary, we have no instance on record, of any +of the Philippine Indians having been, even by accident, carried by the +winds to the islands to the eastward. Indeed we know the reverse of +this to be true, since at times the most experienced pilots, in +attempting this navigation, have been compelled to return, without +falling in with the islands they went in search of, from the necessity +there is in the voyage of being provided with proper nautical +instruments. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb34" href="#pb34" name= +"pb34">34</a>]</span>Here, therefore, we appear to have found the most +probable solution of our difficulties, that is, that the first settlers +came out of the east, we may presume from the coast of South America, +and proceeding gradually to the westward through the Pacific Ocean, +studded as we find it with islands, and clusters of islands, at no very +great distance from each other, and of course of easy access before the +wind, it follows that to whatever point, in an eastern direction, we +can trace the Tagalic language, we may conclude that at that point +emigration must have commenced. Some however dissent from this, on the +ground, that the mode of writing in use among the Malays, is similar to +that practised by the inhabitants of the Philippines. This consists in +forming the lines from the right to the left, like the Arabians, +Persians, &c. and not like the Chinese, Tartars, and Japanese, from +top to bottom. Their characters are totally different from <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href="#pb35" name="pb35">35</a>]</span>ours; +they have only three vowels, <i>a</i>, <i>e</i>, <i>u</i>, and by +placing a point, either above or below the consonant, or leaving it +without one, the corresponding vowel is readily known, and equal +facility given as if the vowels were specifically inserted. Although +they can write, they have no written laws; decisions are made on +traditionary law generally, but too often by the right of the +strongest. The Rajah, or chief, with the assistance of some of the +elders, decides in all civil cases; but in criminal cases, the kinsmen +are accustomed to compound with the aggressor, for a sum in gold, +unless in cases of murder, when the only atonement admitted, is +retaliation; and if the murderer is of a different tribe or village, +all the community of which the deceased was a member, make a common +cause, against the tribe or community of the murderer, and numbers are +generally made slaves on both sides. When it is suspected that one man +has robbed another, he is obliged to <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb36" href="#pb36" name="pb36">36</a>]</span>draw a stone, from the +bottom of a cauldron full of boiling water, and if he does not +accomplish this, which is the vulgar test, he is fined in a certain +quantity of gold, the greater part of which goes to the Rajah or chief. +Adultery is likewise punished with a pecuniary fine<a href= +"#n12"><sup>12</sup></a>, as is the crime of disrespect to the elders, +but for fraud, and cheating in their dealings, there is no punishment, +and usury is very general among them. Their matrimonial customs are +peculiar; they are allowed to marry only one woman, and although the +principal people have several concubines, yet they commonly are slaves. +They are accustomed to marry a relation (not a sister), with whom if +they find themselves unable to live, or if they become tired of her, +they return her to her parents, without their being required to assign +a cause for the divorce. The dowry given on the day of marriage is +merely restored: this dowry is of two kinds, and which the bridegroom +always pays. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37" name= +"pb37">37</a>]</span>The one is called <i>bigay suso</i>, and is paid +to the mother, as a compensation for the milk, with which she nourished +her daughter. The other is called <i>bigay caya</i>, or green dowry, +which is set apart for the maintenance of the newly married couple, +although very often, by the <span class="corr" id="xd19e508" title= +"Source: expences">expenses</span> of the wedding and apparel, there +remains little or nothing for this desirable end. Besides these dowries +paid by the bridegroom, he is obliged, for some years, to serve the +parents of the bride<a href="#n13"><sup>13</sup></a>, and assist them +on certain days, particularly at the sowing of the rice, and getting in +the harvest. It is incumbent likewise, on all the relations of the +bridegroom, to behave with courtesy and respect to the bride, and her +parents and family, during these years of service, and if they are +guilty of any lapse in this respect, the marriage is declared to be +annulled, which is always very agreeable to the parents of the woman, +as a new suitor presents himself, and they reap the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38" name="pb38">38</a>]</span>benefit +of a new service. The bridegroom, to console himself for his +sufferings, as soon as the term closes, and his service is at an end, +treats his wife as a slave; she is obliged to work for the maintenance +of the family, whilst the husband is quite idle, and thinks herself +happy, if, after having done this, she is not beaten. The interest +which the parents of the girl, thus have in her disposal, is highly +pernicious to morals; and we have not succeeded to this hour, in the +abolition of it, either by the influence of royal edicts, or the +regulations of the bishops, by both of which, it is discouraged and +prohibited. The ceremony of marriage is performed, by sacrificing a +hog, which a priestess slays with a thousand grimaces; after which, she +bestows many benedictions on the parties, and an old woman presenting +them with some food, the ceremony is closed by many obscenities. +Dancing, according to their fashion, succeeds, and drinking the rest of +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb39" href="#pb39" name= +"pb39">39</a>]</span>the day ends the feast, which is always +proportionate to the circumstances of the newly married pair. The +principal contributions to this feast, arise from presents made to the +bride and bridegroom by their friends, of which particular notice is +taken, in order that similar presents<a id="xd19e519" name= +"xd19e519"></a> may be returned to the parties on a like occasion.</p> +<p>In their religious ceremonies, they use neither idols nor temples; +their sacrifices are offered in arbours, which they raise for that +purpose. They have priestesses, whom they call <i>babailanas</i> or +<i>catalonas</i>, to whose function it belongs, to perform the +sacrifices. The priestess, taking a lance in her hand, with extravagant +and ridiculous gestures, works herself up to apparent frenzy, +accompanied by foaming at the mouth, when uttering something, which is +received as prophecy, she pierces the hog with the lance, and +immediately distributes the carcase among those present: the ceremony, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40" href="#pb40" name= +"pb40">40</a>]</span>as usual, is closed by dancing and drinking.</p> +<p>These sacrifices are offered to the infernal deities, as well as to +the souls of their ancestors, who they are taught to believe inhabit +very large trees, rocks of uncommon appearance, or any natural object +which, in point of magnitude or form, varies from the usual course. +They are so fully persuaded of this, that they never pass any object of +this description, without first asking the permission of its visionary +inhabitant, and to this hour the custom prevails. When any person was +dangerously ill, his friends offered up to their deities rice, wine, +and flesh, which was then given to the sick person, and which they were +of opinion would effect his cure, a custom even yet followed by some +people. They have many other superstitions, as that of the <i lang= +"tl">patianac</i>, a spirit or ideal being, whose employment or +amusement consists in preventing, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb41" +href="#pb41" name="pb41">41</a>]</span>by certain means peculiar to +itself, the delivery of a woman in labour. To counteract the malignity +of this spirit, the husband, fastening the door, reduces himself to a +state of complete nudity, lights a fire, and arming himself with his +sword, continues to flourish it furiously, until the woman is +delivered. The <i lang="tl">tigbalang</i> is another object of which +they stand in great awe. It is described as a phantom, which assumes a +variety of uncouth and monstrous shapes, and interposes its authority, +to prevent their performing the duties, prescribed by our religion.</p> +<p>These and other superstitions, formerly had extensive influence, and +are still resorted to by impostors, who find their account in +persuading those, who are silly enough to listen to them, that they are +able to cure them of dangerous illness, or to recover any thing they +may have lost, by having recourse to such absurdities; and so much do +the love of life, and our <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href= +"#pb42" name="pb42">42</a>]</span>own individual interests prevail, +that although they believe these customs sinful, and although they do +not entirely give credit to their efficacy, yet they put them in +practice, because, they say, chance may be in their favour: this is a +proof that as yet they are very superficial christians<a href= +"#n14"><sup>14</sup></a>. Indeed, all their religious impressions, seem +rather the result of a slavish dread, than the effect of rational +piety.</p> +<p>They practise no external adoration, and have no other form of +address to their gods, than what has been mentioned. They do not +believe, that the good will be rewarded, or the wicked punished, but +they acknowledge the immortality of the souls of the deceased, and that +they are capable of doing them mischief. They persuade themselves, that +these retain all the natural wants incident to the mortal state, and +accordingly, place on their tombs, clothes, arms, and food, and on the +fourth day, when the funeral ceremony is performed, a vacant seat is +left at the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43" name= +"pb43">43</a>]</span>table for the deceased, whom they believe to be +actually present, though not obvious to sight. To prove this, sand is +strewed on the floor, on which the prints of the feet of the deceased +are often found. This may be presumed, to be the pious trick of some of +the friends, but it answers the purpose, of inducing a belief in the +actual presence of the party; and in order to deprecate the injury he +may do, offerings of eatables are made to him, and which ceremony, is +perfectly conformable, to the cowardly and timorous nature of the +Indians. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb44" href="#pb44" name= +"pb44">44</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch3" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e556" class="label">CHAPTER III.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1519 to 1564.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Comprising the Discovery of the +Philippines.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">After the conquest of the Americas, and discovery of +the South Sea, Hernando de Magellan, a Portuguese, affirmed there must +be a communication with that sea by the antarctic pole, and proposed to +his sovereign, to make the discovery by the route of the Moluccas. The +king, Don Manuel of Portugal, either not believing there was such a +passage, or prejudiced against Magellan, received his proposal with +contempt. This disgusted him, and he came into Spain, where, at +Saragossa, he was presented to Charles V., to whom he promised the +complete discovery of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href= +"#pb45" name="pb45">45</a>]</span>Moluccas, and the adjacent islands, +within the Spanish line of demarcation, by a distinct route from that +used by the Portuguese, pursuing his object by the expected antarctic +passage to the South Sea. By the brief of Pope Alexander VI., expedited +at Rome the 4th of May 1493, Magellan secured a patent, attaching such +discoveries to the crown of Castile. This brief enjoined, that the +globe should be equally divided, by a line drawn from the north, by the +isles of the Azores, towards the south, embracing the conquests, which +formed the western boundaries of the Atlantic; the portion to the west, +to belong to the crown of Spain, and leaving to the crown of Portugal, +the hemisphere to the eastward of this line. Having discovered the +Brazils, however, and the king of Portugal being desirous of preserving +it, he requested his Holiness, that the line might be drawn, four +hundred and sixty leagues more <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb46" +href="#pb46" name="pb46">46</a>]</span>to the westward of the Azores, +in order, that no other power, might interfere with that valuable +acquisition. The line was so drawn on the map, and the Moluccas, were +accordingly, placed out of the line of territory, thus appropriated to +the Portuguese, and within that of Spain<a href= +"#n15"><sup>15</sup></a>: they were not able, however, at that time, to +adjust the other point as to the route; but the Cape of Good Hope, +interposing in their voyages to India, it was not doubted, that America +might be like this hemisphere, and finish also in a cape, and passage +to the South Sea. The desire of the Spaniards to take possession of the +Spice Islands, or, as they were called, the Moluccas, instigated them +to ascertain the truth of this conjecture; and a squadron of five +ships, was fitted out for that purpose, viz. La Trinidad, in which +Magellan himself embarked; San Antonio, La Concepcion, Santiago, and La +Victoria; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href="#pb47" name= +"pb47">47</a>]</span>the whole manned with two hundred and thirty-four +men, and paid and victualled for two years.</p> +<p>Magellan sailed from Seville with this armament on the 10th of +August 1519, and on the 13th of December he arrived at the Brazils, and +coasting the land in quest of the expected passage to the South Sea, on +Easter day, he entered the Bay of Saint Julian, in fifty degrees of +south latitude, where he intended remaining, finding the winter had +commenced in those regions. Here his people mutinied, upon an idea that +their provisions were exhausted, and that it was impossible to discover +the pass they were in search of. Magellan quelled this mutiny; but +immediately after understood, that another had broken out in the ship +San Antonio, and that the crew had murdered the commander, and confined +his cousin Alvaro de Mesquita, who was made captain on the arrest of +Juan de Cartagena. The leader on this occasion <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb48" href="#pb48" name="pb48">48</a>]</span>was +Gaspar de Quezada, whom he ordered to be hanged; and setting on shore a +Franciscan friar and Juan de Cartagena, on account of their turbulent +disposition, he sailed in prosecution of his voyage, by the much +desired pass to the South Sea. On the 1st of November 1520, he +discovered the straits which bear his name; and having occupied twenty +days in passing through them, he found himself in the South Sea with +three ships, the Santiago having been wrecked, and having separated +from the San Antonio, which his cousin commanded, and which, by the +route of the coast of Guinea, returned to Spain. Magellan, with fair +winds and pleasant weather, ploughed that sea, which never before had +been navigated. Uninterrupted in the pursuit of his object, he +discovered, on the Sunday of Saint Lazarus, a great number of islands, +which he named the Archipelago of Saint Lazarus; and on Easter Day, he +arrived at the island <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb49" href="#pb49" +name="pb49">49</a>]</span>of Mindanao, where he ordered the first mass +which was said in the Philippines. This took place in the town of +Batuan, in the province of Caraga, where he set up the cross, and took +possession of these islands, in the name of the King of Spain.</p> +<p>From Batuan, Magellan proceeded to Zebu, and, in passing the island +of Dimasaua, he formed an alliance with its chief, who accompanied him +to Zebu. The inhabitants of Zebu, received him with such kindness, that +their king, Hamabar, his whole family, with the chief of Dimasaua, and +many of the people of the island, were baptized. The King of Mactan +alone, a very small island in front of the town of Zebu, resisted the +Spaniards, and was sufficiently confident in his strength, to challenge +Magellan, who was weak enough to accept the challenge. He selected for +the enterprize fifty Spaniards, who attacked the Indians in morasses, +the water up to their breasts, and approached so near them, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50" name= +"pb50">50</a>]</span>that Magellan was wounded with an arrow, and died +on the field with six other Spaniards, the rest saving themselves by +flight.</p> +<p>The friar Calancha, an Augustine, remarks in his history of Peru, +that all those engaged in the discovery of the South Sea, came to no +very enviable end: for, that a seaman of the name of Lopez, who was the +first that beheld it from the mast-head, renounced his faith, and +turned Moor. Basco Nunez de Balbua, who took possession of those +regions, lost his head; and Magellan himself, finished his days in the +abovementioned manner. I can add, that almost all those, who have been +concerned in the discovery of the Philippines, have suffered so much, +that the history of these islands, forms a tissue of tragedies.</p> +<p>On the death of Magellan, the Spaniards chose Juan Serrano as +Commander of the expedition; and, alarmed at their defeat at Mactan, +they remained on board their ships, apprehensive of the treachery of +the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb51" href="#pb51" name= +"pb51">51</a>]</span>other Indians. In fact, the people of Zebu, began +to think lightly of the strangers, whom they had hitherto considered as +invincible, and proceeded to plan their destruction. Abundantly +deceitful by nature, they concealed their designs, and succeeded in +persuading our General to be present, with twenty-four Spaniards, at a +feast, which the chief of Zebu had prepared for him. In the middle of +the feast, a great number of armed Indians, whom Hamabar had concealed, +rushed in, and murdered them all, Serrano alone excepted, who escaped +to the sea side, and implored the assistance of his companions; but +they, fearful of some new treason, were witnesses of his massacre, +which the Indians effected in view of the squadron, without their +attempting to relieve him, or revenge the injury. Juan Carvallo now +became General of the armament, and he resolved to go from thence, in +search of the Moluccas: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb52" href= +"#pb52" name="pb52">52</a>]</span>he burned the ship Concepcion, as he +had not men sufficient to man her, and sailed from Zebu with the +Trinidad and the Victoria. On the 8th of November he arrived at Tidore, +one of the Moluccas, and was well received by its chief, who granted +him a factory for the purpose of collecting cloves, &c.; and on the +21st of December, he loaded the two ships with spices, preparing for +the return to Spain. Gonzalo Gomez de Espimosa commanded the Trinidad, +and it was his intention to proceed to Panama, but he was captured by +the Portuguese. Sebastian del Cano, went in the Victoria, by the way of +the Cape of Good Hope, and, after losing many of his crew on the +voyage, arrived at San Lucar de Barrameda, with only eighteen people, +on the 7th of September 1522, three years from the time of their +departure from Seville. He was thus the first, who had sailed round the +world; and on this account, among other honours, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href="#pb53" name="pb53">53</a>]</span>the +Emperor gave him for his arms, a terrestrial globe, with this motto, +<i lang="la">Hic primus geometros</i>.</p> +<p>The account which Sebastian del Cano gave of the expedition, induced +the Emperor, to send other armaments to the Moluccas. The first was +that of Esteban Gomez, who proposed, by the way of Newfoundland, to +discover a shorter passage to the South Sea. A squadron was accordingly +despatched in the year 1524; but in a little time, news was received of +its dispersion by bad weather. In the year following, Don Fray Garcia +Jofre de Loaysa, was despatched from Corunna with seven ships, well +appointed with good officers, and four hundred and fifty picked men; +among these was Andres de Urdaneta, who afterwards became a friar of +the order of San Augustine, and directed the expedition of Legaspi to +these islands. They passed the Straits of Magellan, with the loss of +one ship, and entering the South <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb54" +href="#pb54" name="pb54">54</a>]</span>Sea, they encountered so severe +a storm, that the whole squadron was separated. Loaysa pursued his +course; and in a short time afterwards died. By order of the Emperor, +Sebastian del Cano was to succeed to the command, but he surviving only +a few days, it devolved on Martin Yañez, a Biscayan. They +arrived at Tidore on the 31st of December 1526, as did, in a short +time, the remainder of the squadron, with few men, and those +unserviceable. Here they found, that the Portuguese had declared war +against the chief of Tidore, for having entertained the squadron of +Magellan, and it was deemed on our part proper, to undertake the +defence of those benefactors of the Spaniards. They had several +encounters with the Portuguese, but of no moment, and few were killed +on these occasions; but the number of sick increased considerably, from +the length and hardships of the voyage; and from the humid nature of +the climate, the whole <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href="#pb55" +name="pb55">55</a>]</span>were threatened with rapid dissolution; being +therefore already reduced to one hundred and twenty, they constructed a +fort, and surrounding it with a palisade, placed themselves under the +command of Hernando de la Torre, who was chosen General after the death +of Martin Yañez.</p> +<p>In this situation, were the remains of the armament under Loaysa +found, when the Viceroy of Mexico, by orders from court, despatched to +Molucca three ships, under the command of Alvaro de Saavedra, who +arrived at these islands, by the route of the Ladrones, now called +Marianas, of which he took possession, in the name of his Majesty the +King of Spain, in the year 1528. Saavedra pursued his voyage to Tidore, +where he found the hundred and twenty Spaniards, shut up in their +fortress. They considered him, as an angel sent to their relief, in the +extremity of misery: but this joy was of short duration, new quarrels +springing up with the Portuguese, who <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb56" href="#pb56" name="pb56">56</a>]</span>had succeeded in +destroying, nearly all the Spanish ships. They at last, however, +commenced their voyage to New Spain. Twice they made the attempt, twice +they were driven back; and they suffered so much, that the General, +with many of the crews, fell a sacrifice; the few that remained, being +compelled to submit to the Portuguese. This was a most lamentable +conclusion of the expedition; but all our squadrons, having represented +the Moluccas as extremely valuable, on account of their spices, war was +on the point of being declared, between the two kingdoms, about the +possession of them. The Spaniards alleged, that it could not be denied, +these islands were in the line of demarcation of Spain; and the +Portuguese, were unwilling to quit the spice trade, of which they were +in possession, and which so much enriched the mother country. These +differences were adjusted about the year 1529, the Emperor, renouncing +his right to the Moluccas, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href= +"#pb57" name="pb57">57</a>]</span>for three hundred and fifty thousand +ducats, by way of loan, advanced by the King of Portugal.</p> +<p>Thus abandoning the Moluccas, the Emperor turned all his thoughts to +the conquest of the Western Isles, or Philippines. He despatched +instructions to the Viceroy of Mexico, to send a squadron for that +purpose, with directions not to stop at the Moluccas, in order to avoid +creating jealousy among the Portuguese. In obedience to these orders +from court, the Viceroy immediately fitted out five ships in the Puerto +de Natividad, and nominated as Commander of the expedition, Ruy Lopez +de Villalobos, directing him, to take with him four Augustine friars, +for the conversion of the conquered inhabitants. The squadron sailed on +the day of All Saints, in the year 1542, and arrived safe off the +Philippines; but they were driven so much to leeward, by the south-west +monsoon, prevalent at that time, that they were compelled <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href="#pb58" name="pb58">58</a>]</span>to +anchor at the island of Sarragan, which lies on the opposite coast of +Mindanao, and at forty leagues distance. In this miserable island, they +suffered so much from hunger, that Villalobos sent some of the smaller +vessels, in search of provisions, to the other islands: but, their +return being delayed beyond his expectation, he resolved to sail for +the Moluccas, though it was in direct opposition to his orders, without +having effected any other object, than administering baptism to one +child. The Portuguese received him very ungraciously, and compelled +him, immediately to make the best of his way to Spain. In passing +Amboyna, he died of a deep melancholy, arising out of the disasters of +the expedition, and the idea of having disobeyed the orders of his +sovereign, which were, on no account to visit the Moluccas. By the +death of the General, the whole armament was deranged; indeed it was, +eventually, almost all annihilated; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" +href="#pb59" name="pb59">59</a>]</span>and the few Spaniards who +remained, found means to embark in different Portuguese ships. The +Augustine friars went to Goa, from whence they found a passage to +Europe, and arrived at Lisbon in August 1549, seven years after they +had departed from the Puerto de Natividad.</p> +<p>As his Catholic Majesty, was fully determined on the conquest of the +Philippines, it is necessary to notice the title, by which he laid +claim to them. Our writers have brought forward a number of arguments, +to prove the right, which the Kings of Spain have to the Americas, and +the islands they have conquered; but I find them very superficial, and +only one incontestable document, by which our sovereigns hold these +dominions, that is, the concession of the Roman Pontifs. It is now the +received opinion of churchmen, that the Popes have not the power to +make such grants, but at the period in question, the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href="#pb60" name="pb60">60</a>]</span>contrary +opinion prevailed, and was generally acknowledged in the schools. +Supported by this idea, then so universal, the Papal See, granted to +the respective Kings, not only what they conquered, but, as we have +seen, assumed the right, of even partitioning the globe. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61" name="pb61">61</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch4" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e624" class="label">CHAPTER IV.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1564 to 1565.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Conquest of Zebu, and Discovery of the Route +to New Spain.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The glory of conquering the Philippines, was reserved +for his Catholic Majesty Philip II., by means of, the valour of Miguel +Lopez de Legaspi, the prudence of the Augustine friars, and the skill +of one of those friars, Andres de Urdaneta, who had been a captain in +the armament of Loaysa, but subsequently took the habit of San +Augustine in Mexico, in the year 1552. His Majesty issued an edict, +encouraging and recommending an expedition, to be sent by the Viceroy +of Mexico, to the western isles. Friar Urdaneta acquiesced in the will +of his sovereign, and the Viceroy <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb62" +href="#pb62" name="pb62">62</a>]</span>chose five other religious of +the same order, viz. Andres de Aguirre, Martin de Rada, Lorenzo Ximenes +(who died in the Puerto de Natividad), Diego Herrera, and Pedro Gamboa, +with the view to a spiritual, as well as temporal conquest. This +squadron was composed of two ships, one small galleon, and a patache (a +vessel so called). The command was given to Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, a +noble Biscayan, from whose valour and prudence, the Viceroy expected +greater results, than had been obtained from the other expeditions. The +fleet sailed from Puerto de Natividad on the 21st November, 1564, with +sealed orders; and when about a hundred leagues from the coast, the +seals being broken, they found directions to proceed to these islands. +Urdaneta had formed his plan, on the idea conceived by the Viceroy of +first making New Guinea, but, obliged to conform to the royal +instructions, he shaped his course nearly due west, in order to arrive +at the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb63" href="#pb63" name= +"pb63">63</a>]</span>ninth degree of latitude, and from thence to run +direct west, to demand the submission of those islands, which lie +between the ninth and tenth degree, passing by the islands of Arrecifes +and Matalotes, together with those of La Nublada and Rocapartida, the +two latter being too far out of the track. On the 31st of December, the +patache separated, as if by accident, and never rejoined the squadron; +Don Alonzo de Arellano was her commander, and Lopez Martin, a Mulatto, +the pilot; and there was reason to believe that the separation was +intentional, as it afterwards proved, that they went to Mindanao, +where, taking in a cargo of gold and spices, they proceeded to New +Spain. The squadron pursued its course, and on the 9th of January, +1565, discovered an island, which Legaspi called Barbudos, because the +inhabitants wore longer beards than the other Indians. On the 22d they +discovered the islands Ladrones, where they <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb64" href="#pb64" name="pb64">64</a>]</span>remained +some days, taking in water and purchasing fresh provisions, which they +procured from the Indians, in exchange for European commodities, +especially iron, an article in great esteem with them. These Indians +pilfered whatever they could lay their hands on, and assaulted our +people while procuring water; yet, many Spaniards were desirous of +remaining among them, and petitioned the General to found a colony +there, and despatch a ship to Acapulco for that purpose; but having no +orders to that effect, he prosecuted his route on the 3d of February, +and on the 13th discovered the Philippines. At Tandaya, and Abuyo, he +attempted to make an amicable arrangement with the inhabitants, for +provisions, making presents to them, and promising, that he would pay +liberally for every thing; but he could only procure one fowl and one +egg. The stock of provisions, was now, however, becoming so short, that +he deemed it necessary, to run in more among <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb65" href="#pb65" name="pb65">65</a>]</span>the +islands, in search of a supply. They arrived at Bohol, and found the +Indians had retired to the mountains. They had behaved so kindly, in +selling provisions to those, whom Ruy Lopez de Villalobos had sent for +that purpose, that Legaspi was astonished at their reserve, and could +not conceive the cause of this change, until the pilot of a Bornean +vessel discovered it. This vessel was taken by Colonel Matheo del Sauz, +in the following manner. The General, had sent him to reconnoitre the +vessel, and the Borneans, little acquainted with Europeans and their +customs, and believing they came to make prisoners of them, received +them in a hostile manner with their cannon<a href= +"#n16"><sup>16</sup></a>, killing one soldier, and wounding twenty. The +Colonel returned their fire, and killed their captain; when part of the +crew escaped, in a small boat, which they carry in the prow of their +junk (the name they give their vessels), and the pilot, with six men, +delivered themselves <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66" +name="pb66">66</a>]</span>up, without further resistance. All this +having taken place, without the knowledge or participation of the +General, he was extremely solicitous, to do away the ill impression, +which the transaction might make, and ordered them to restore the junk, +with all the effects which they had taken; and which conduct so +satisfied the Borneans, that they immediately declared publicly, they +should interest themselves particularly, in favour of the squadron. +They informed Legaspi, among other matters, that about two years since, +some Portuguese of the Moluccas, had landed on their island, had been +guilty of great extortion, and had done considerable injury to the +inhabitants; and as they could not distinguish between the two nations, +they had imagined that the people of his squadron were Portuguese.</p> +<p>Legaspi was aware, that it was necessary, above all things, to +undeceive the Indians in this respect; he, therefore, earnestly +requested <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb67" href="#pb67" name= +"pb67">67</a>]</span>the pilot of the Bornean vessel, to go on shore, +and effect a reconciliation with the natives of Bohol, bringing on +board the Rajah of the island, if possible. The Moor, in gratitude to +the Spaniards, exerted himself, and returned on board with the Rajah, +Sicatuna, who was persuaded to enter into an amicable understanding +with them, to be consecrated and confirmed, in the manner usual with +these islanders, which is thus; the parties entering into a treaty of +friendship being bled at the arm, and the blood mixed with a little +water, or spirit, they reciprocally drink each other's blood, so +diluted, in token of amity. Legaspi, with this view, sent a soldier of +the name of Santiago on shore, to go through the ceremony with +Sicatuna; but the latter, thinking it below his dignity, to allow his +blood to be drawn, with any but that of the General, ordered his son to +take his place, promising, that the day following, he would proceed on +board, and be bled<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68" href="#pb68" +name="pb68">68</a>]</span> with the General. Sicatuna, jealous of the +intentions of the Spaniards, requested, that whilst he was on board, +two Spaniards and two Moors of Borneo, might be sent on shore, as +hostages for his safety; on this being likewise adjusted, he allowed +them to cut wood in the mountains of Bohol, for refitting their ships; +and in ratification of the whole, he was bled with the General the +following day. Legaspi, in the belief that Sicatuna was King of the +island, on this account consented to the ceremony; and although he +afterwards understood, that the dominion of the Rajahs of this country, +extended over a few small villages only, where they exercised the +power, their valour gave them over their countrymen, he had no reason +to repent of what he had done; for, in consequence of it, the Indians +became free from apprehension, and supplied the squadron with the +refreshments, it stood so much in need of. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href="#pb69" name="pb69">69</a>]</span></p> +<p>Legaspi paid well for every thing they brought; and, at length, +procured sufficient provisions, to be in a situation to despatch one +ship to New Spain, but was unable to accompany it; and he did not wish +to have recourse to violence, to procure a larger supply, thinking that +unjustifiable and unwise, except in case of extremity. With the people +of Zebu, he was inclined to conclude, he should be obliged to have +recourse to arms, unless they supplied him, on friendly terms, with +provisions; and he intended to use, as a pretext for hostilities, their +treachery against the squadron of Magellan. He resolved, therefore, to +go to this island, in quitting that of Bohol, with the inhabitants of +which, a cordiality had subsisted from the first; and as a proof of his +sense of their conduct, he settled every account with them, most +honourably. To this justice and prudence of Legaspi, may be attributed +the easy conquest, the Spaniards made of this <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb70" href="#pb70" name="pb70">70</a>]</span>island, +against whose natives, they seldom have been obliged to use +fire-arms.</p> +<p>On Easter day, the 22d of April, Legaspi accordingly sailed from +Bohol, and on Friday the 27th, he arrived at Zebu, when he immediately +despatched an interpreter named Pacheco, to propose amity with the +natives, and that the Rajah might be sent to conclude the terms. Tupas, +who was then King of Zebu, immediately sent some of the chief men, +requesting Legaspi would not fire his artillery, which would alarm the +town: and he promised to see the General, although he had no such +intention, merely wishing to gain sufficient time, for the inhabitants +to retire into the mountains, with all their moveables. It appearing +the following day, that Tupas did not comply with his promise, three +notifications were, in the space of two hours, sent to him by a notary, +accompanied by Friar Urdaneta, who had the title of Protector of the +Indians; but he paid no attention <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb71" +href="#pb71" name="pb71">71</a>]</span>to this, and placed troops on +the shore, and in canoes, to resist the landing of the Spaniards. +Legaspi then determined on the assault, and ordered his men to fire on +the canoes and Indians, who were posted to oppose them; but they +retreated with such rapidity, that when the Spaniards leaped on shore, +no enemy was to be seen. They followed them to the town, and found it +in flames, the moveables having been taken away, and carried to the +mountains, and little of any value remaining. The soldiers plundered +those houses, which as yet, were not on fire, and among some things of +little importance, they found a jewel, consisting of the image of a +child, which they understood, was an object of adoration with the +Indians, and which is at this day, in the church of San Augustine de +Santo Niño of Zebu. The Indians, it appeared, had been in +possession of this image, from time immemorial; and they were +accustomed, when they wanted rain, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb72" +href="#pb72" name="pb72">72</a>]</span>to make a solemn feast, and +public supplication to it, and, carrying it to the sea side, they +immersed it in the water until it rained; honours or stripes, followed +the concession or refusal, of what they had petitioned for, and it was +believed among them, that this Santo Niño was the cause of the +disgrace of Magellan. At first, the Spaniards found very few eatables +in Zebu, but continuing their search, they stumbled upon thirty fanegas +of rice, and some millet. In returning from the town, they encountered +three hundred armed Indians; but upon our musquets being fired, they +fled immediately. The General established his camp on the sea shore, +and took out the Royal treasure which came in the Capitana, in order to +be enabled to examine her bottom, and put her in a proper state, for +her return to New Spain. The Spaniards found themselves perfectly +secure in this encampment, in the day-time, because the Indians dared +not attempt to molest them, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb73" href= +"#pb73" name="pb73">73</a>]</span>through fear of their fire-arms; but +at night, they occasioned them continual alarms, and on several +occasions, set fire to their camp, doing however, little damage to the +soldiers, who were defended by the palisades. The General however, in +consequence of this, ordered the whole to be destroyed, and built a +fort, which at once checked all further attempts. As yet, Legaspi kept +on the defensive, expecting that Tupas would soon arrive, with whom he +was desirous of being in amity, with a view to the conquest of the +island by fair means. After repeated messages he at last appeared, +accompanied by another chief, called Tamayan. Legaspi received them +with cordiality, treated them handsomely, and, in the name of his +sovereign, forgave the treachery, they had been guilty of towards +Magellan. They made many excuses for their conduct, and promised that +in three days they would return, with all the principal people, and +establish a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74" name= +"pb74">74</a>]</span>friendly intercourse with the Spaniards. These +people will readily promise, whatever is demanded of them, but without +any intention of performing their promise. Tupas, though King of the +island, did not appear better entitled to respect, than any of the +rest, and thought nothing of breaking his word, always, however, making +some excuse on the succeeding visit.</p> +<p>Notwithstanding the peaceable demeanor of the Indians, the General +ordered, that no one should be permitted to quit the camp, as he +apprehended an ambuscade, which might have a fatal issue. This, in +fact, happened to Pedro de Arana, one of Legaspi's aides-de-camp, who, +disregarding this order, passed the lines alone with his gun, and +before he was able to save himself, he was run through with a lance, +and his head cut off, and carried on board a parao, which was lying at +a little distance. The General felt the loss of Pedro de Arana much, +and gave orders to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href="#pb75" +name="pb75">75</a>]</span>Colonel, to chastise the insolence of the +Indians, and reduce them. Whilst the Colonel was employed in this +expedition, the General, who had been accustomed to sleep on board +ship, determined to pass his nights on shore in future, through some +distrust he entertained, of the officers of the navy, and ordered, that +his aides-de-camp should keep guard over him. They did not relish the +thoughts of this, persuading themselves, they would be degraded, by +obeying the orders. The day following therefore, at a general review of +the force, Pedro Mena, in the name of the whole, came forward, and, +with very little ceremony, intimated that they would not keep guard, as +it was the duty of the privates. The Colonel reprehended them sharply, +suspended them, and struck them out of the list of aids-de-camp of the +General. This punishment for their insolence, though fully merited, +exasperated them to such a degree, that they set fire to their tents, +and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb76" href="#pb76" name= +"pb76">76</a>]</span>had nearly burnt all the effects belonging to his +Majesty. The principal perpetrators of this crime, were Pedro de Mena, +and Terresan, who were executed the following day, and by this act, the +subordination of the rest was secured.</p> +<p>The ship Capitana, was by this time prepared, for her voyage to New +Spain. Her commander was Phelipe de Salcedo, grandson of the General; +and there went in her, the friars Andres de Urdaneta, to conduct her to +New Spain, and Martin de Aguirre, to solicit assistance for the +conversion of these islanders. They sailed from Zebu on the 1st of +June, 1565, and reaching the 36th degree of latitude, in search of the +north-west winds, they directed their course to Puerto de la Natividad, +where they arrived, after a four months voyage; but considering the +distance of this port from Mexico, they pushed forwards to Acapulco, +which was nearer, and they arrived there on the 30th of October. In +Mexico, their arrival <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77" +name="pb77">77</a>]</span>occasioned much exultation, as they were +considered to be lost, by the accounts which had been given, by the +Captain Arellano and the pilot Lope Martin, who, three months before, +had arrived at Puerto de la Natividad. The friars Urdaneta and Aguirre +went to Madrid, where they met with Arellano, who was soliciting a +reward, for the discovery of the track from the Philippines to New +Spain. He had persisted in his pretensions, till the arrival of these +friars, when he altered his tone; he was put in confinement, and +ordered to Mexico, to be from thence sent to Manila, to be punished by +Legaspi as his conduct deserved. The Mexicans, however, were of +opinion, that he should not be sent to Manila, until the death of +Legaspi was ascertained. The friars Urdaneta and Aguirre, having +favourably completed their mission, embarked for Mexico, where Urdaneta +died on the 3d of June, 1568, in the 70th year of his age. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb78" href="#pb78" name="pb78">78</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch5" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e682" class="label">CHAPTER V.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1565.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the complete Conquest of the Island of Zebu, and +of some Towns in other Islands.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The day following that, on which the Capitana sailed, +a Moor of Borneo, called Cid Hamal, established in this island, arrived +in our camp. He recommended it to the General, to invite Tupas to a +conference; and upon this being done, he accordingly presented himself +a second time, with some of the chief men of the island, and the +conference terminated, in their resolution to preserve a good +understanding with the Spaniards. They paid homage to the king of +Spain, promising, that the squadron should be supplied with provisions, +at the price usual among themselves, and granting land, and every means +of founding a Spanish city, with fortifications <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79" name="pb79">79</a>]</span>for its +defence. Amity thus restored, the Indians began to re-build their town, +and a very short time, exhibited the pleasing sight, of the individuals +of two different nations, establishing themselves at a little distance +from each other.</p> +<p>The Zebuans lost all apprehensions of the Spaniards, and came to +their town to sell fruit, goats, and provisions. Among the least +reserved was Tupas, who, under the pretext of accompanying other +chiefs, visited the General, making him presents; and so contrived that +his women should visit him likewise, dressing themselves in rich +clothes, with ear-rings and bracelets of gold on the feet and arms, and +accompanied by a great concourse of men and women; which visit was not +ill received, the General always treating them handsomely. Tupas +likewise, gave Legaspi his niece, who was a widow, and other women to +attend him. The General directed them to be instructed in the Christian +doctrine, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb80" href="#pb80" name= +"pb80">80</a>]</span>and they embraced our religion, and were baptized. +The niece of Tupas, had the name of Isabel given her, in memory of the +deceased lady of the General, whose name this was, and in a little time +she was married to Maestre Andrea, an officer of the squadron.</p> +<p>The provisions which they had in the island of Zebu, were not +sufficient for the Indians and their numerous guests; in consequence of +which, Legaspi directed Tupas, to send two chiefs to the island of +Panay, to purchase rice. Whilst these men were on their mission, the +Spaniards sailed, in vessels which they had constructed at Zebu, on an +expedition against some towns, belonging to the enemies of the Zebuans, +and were enabled to send some rice to those in the camp. The Moors +likewise of the island of Luçon, who came for commercial +purposes to Zebu, sold them two hundred baskets of this grain; but as +the return of the two ships which had gone <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81" name="pb81">81</a>]</span>to +Panay, was still delayed beyond the expected time, Legaspi was +compelled to put every man on an allowance, which produced great +discontent among the people, and some even adopted the resolution of +escaping with the patache San Juan, with the intention of lying in wait +behind the islands, to rob the small barks that came there for +commerce, and with their spoils to retire to France. The authors of +this conspiracy were Pablo Hernandez and Juan Maria Venecianos; and +they were joined in it by the pilot Francis Pierres Plin, Jorge el +Griego, Maestre Andrea, the husband of Tupas's niece, Geronimo Foxa, +and some foreigners. They fixed on the 26th of November, 1565, for +their undertaking, intending previously to endeavour to disable all the +ships, in order that they might not be pursued. It pleased Heaven to +retard their scheme one day beyond the time fixed, and Juan Maria +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb82" href="#pb82" name= +"pb82">82</a>]</span>Venecianos repenting of his treason, discovered +the conspiracy to Colonel Matheo del Sauz. The conspirators were +immediately all apprehended, except Pablo Hernandez, who escaped into +the country among the Indians. The whole underwent an examination, and +Legaspi ordered that Francis Pierres Plin, and Jorge el Griego, should +be hanged by break of day. It was his intention to have followed up the +punishment of the conspirators, and he was proceeding to hang Maestre +Andrea. The clergy, however, entreated him to pardon him, on account of +his near relationship to Tupas, to which he assented. Pablo Hernandez, +pressed by hunger, was compelled to deliver himself up, and as he was +the ringleader, he was executed in the middle of the day by +proclamation, and his head placed on a pole, as a warning to others. A +pardon was granted to all the rest in the name of the King, and by this +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href="#pb83" name= +"pb83">83</a>]</span>due mixture of severity and lenity, the minds of +the General and the friars were tranquillized.</p> +<p>Famine, at this time, was likely to be the lot of the Spaniards, as +the chiefs who had been sent to Panay had not appeared; and as six more +paraos had been despatched for the same purpose, it was apprehended +that they had entered into a combination with the first, to reduce the +Spaniards by famine. In this situation, Captain Martin de Goite set +sail, with the intention of taking by force, from the enemies of the +Zebuans, as much provision as could be procured, and executed his plan +with so much success, that by Christmas he sent to the camp a small +vessel laden with borona (bread made of Indian corn and millet). This +proved the most acceptable new year's gift, which could have been +offered under their circumstances; by degrees provisions became more +plentiful, and the people began to revive, and forget <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb84" href="#pb84" name="pb84">84</a>]</span>the +famine they had endured. The chiefs now made their appearance from +Panay with the rice, but they assigned little of it to the Spaniards, +and the largest quantity to the Indians.</p> +<p>The General was well aware of the treachery of the Zebuans, of the +little faith to be placed in them, and their doubtful intentions; but +he dissembled his sentiments, as they were necessary to his views, and +our camp was tolerably well supplied. By the expeditions, which Martin +de Goite and others made round the adjacent islands, it was discovered +that some of the towns courted the friendship of the Spaniards, while +others planned their destruction by famine, for which purpose all the +provisions were conveyed to the mountains. The Moors of Luzon, however, +found it their interest to bring sufficient rice to Zebu, and Legaspi, +who did not wish to see a recurrence of the same danger as had +happened, sent the Colonel in search of provisions <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb85" href="#pb85" name="pb85">85</a>]</span>to the +neighbouring islands; but here he encountered another inconvenience, in +leaving too small a force for the defence of Zebu; the consequence of +which was, that a plot was formed to seize a vessel belonging to the +Moors of Luzon, at that time trading at Zebu, to murder all on board, +and escape with the vessel to the Moluccas, where the Portuguese would +willingly receive them. Juan Nunes de Carrion, and Miguel Gomez +Cavecillas, were executed for this piece of treason, after due +repentance of their villainy. Captain Martin de Goite, with the +provisions he forwarded, at length sent information, that many nations +were desirous of becoming vassals of the King of Spain, and the Colonel +soon after arrived with above one thousand fanegas of rice, after +having stopt at the islands of Mindanao, Negros, and Panay, where he +ransomed a Mexican Indian, who had been in the squadron of Villalobos, +and had been taken prisoner. Captain Juan de la <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb86" href="#pb86" name="pb86">86</a>]</span>Jela, +who had likewise gone out in search of provisions, had the good fortune +to discover the ship San Geronimo, which he conducted to Zebu; a +circumstance which filled every one with joy, mingled with regret, at +the thoughts of the tragic scenes which had been acted on board that +ship.</p> +<p>The Royal Audience of Mexico had despatched the ship San Geronimo +from Acapulco to relieve those at Zebu, and to advertise them of the +arrival of the Capitana at that port. They sent as captain of the ship +Pedro Sanchez Pericon; as second in command, Juan Ortez de Mosquera, +and as pilot the mulatto Lope Martin, who was sent for the express +purpose of being punished by Legaspi, for having separated, +intentionally, from the squadron in the patache San Lucas. Pericon and +Mosquera had been, before the commencement of the voyage, inimical to +each other, and in its progress their mutual antipathy was augmented. +The pilot, Martin, dreading <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb87" href= +"#pb87" name="pb87">87</a>]</span>the idea of being confronted with +Legaspi, entered into a plot with Mosquera, and they gained over to +their party most of the crew, among whom was Philip de Ocampo, a brave +man, but of the worst character. Thinking their strength sufficient, +they commenced their operations by being insolent to the commander, and +one night they killed a horse which he had brought in the galleon. The +friends of Pericon conjured him to be on his guard, as they concluded +that those who had begun by killing the horse, would end in murdering +him, if he was not sufficiently vigilant. But Pericon's confidence was +too great, and he slighted the advice of his friends. The conspirators +by this forbearance increasing every day in boldness, at last resolved +to put in practice their diabolical design of murdering the commander, +and getting possession of the vessel; accordingly one night, after +having placed guards on those of the crew whom they could not confide +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88" name= +"pb88">88</a>]</span>in, Mosquera entered the captain's bedroom, +accompanied by two seamen, one of the name of Bartolome de Lara, and +the other Morales, and ordered them to stab Captain Pericon and his +son, a young man about twenty-five years of age, who had a sub-command +in the ship. They effected their purpose, and threw the bodies +overboard; and placing some chests on the deck for the accommodation of +the people, Mosquera thus harangued them: “Gentlemen, let us +recommend to Heaven the souls of Captain Pericon and his son; they came +by their death for reasons which, when we arrive at Zebu, shall be +given to General Legaspi; every thing shall remain unaltered, and I, as +a good subject of his Majesty, will conduct the ship to that +island.”</p> +<p>Many days had not elapsed before Mosquera and the pilot quarrelled; +it was a difficult task for the latter to reconcile himself to his +situation, and put on the mask of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" +href="#pb89" name="pb89">89</a>]</span>friendship to the former. He +whispered to Mosquera in confidence, that the people were much +irritated at the murders which had been committed, and among other +things, he proposed to tranquillize them, by putting in irons some +person who had been concerned in the affair, and afterwards to +discharge him, under the authority of a notarial process, drawn up for +that purpose, <span class="corr" id="xd19e726" title= +"Source: delaring">declaring</span> his innocence. This appearing a +plausible measure enough, Mosquera, with this view, foolishly convened +the ship's company, and the pilot seized upon him, and put him in +confinement. The day following he ordered breakfast, of which Mosquera +partook in his irons, and when finished, he requested the pilot would +set him at liberty, as there had been time sufficient allowed for the +ceremony. The views of the mulatto, however, were very different; he +ordered him to be hung at the yard-arm, without giving him time to +confess, observing, that Divine Providence <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb90" href="#pb90" name="pb90">90</a>]</span>had +ordered he should die without partaking the sacrament, as had been the +case with the two whom he had murdered. The mulatto now remaining +captain of the ship, Philip de Ocampo, who was his favourite, made a +speech to his companions, telling them, “That Captain Lope Martin +did not intend going to Zebu; that those who were desirous of +accompanying him, should go to a part of the world where all might +acquire great riches, but that those who were of a different opinion, +should be set on shore on an island in the immediate neighbourhood of +Zebu, from whence they might easily reach Legaspi.” All were +silent, and nothing was done till they arrived at the islands of +Barbudos; when Lope Martin landing on one which was desolate, gave out +that it was necessary to careen the ship there, but his real intention +was to leave most of his companions on this island, exposed to +famine.</p> +<p>He was not, however, able sufficiently <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb91" href="#pb91" name="pb91">91</a>]</span>to conceal his +intentions. The Friar Capellan, a venerable priest, suspected him, and +consulted with Juan de Vivero on some means of averting this blow. +Rodrigo de Angle, the mate of the ship, a man of approved courage, +determined to appeal to his Majesty, if it cost him his life, broke the +matter to others, and eventually drew to his party Bartholome de Lara, +by promising to make him captain of the ship, although he had no such +intention. Rodrigo finding he had gained most of the crew on board to +his side, weighed anchor, and hallooed to those on shore, that all the +true and faithful vassals of his Majesty might embark immediately, and +that the ship belonged to the King. By this means all were received on +board but Lope Martin and Philip de Ocampo, and about twenty-five +others, among whom were some loyalists, who were unable to reach the +ship in time.</p> +<p>Bartholome de Lara, disappointed in <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb92" href="#pb92" name="pb92">92</a>]</span>his expectations of being +made captain of the ship, began to form a party, and was joined more +from necessity than otherwise by Hernando de Morales, his accomplice in +the murder of Pericon and his son; but the new captain contrived means +to try and hang them, after which the crew remained free from further +molestation, and they arrived at Zebu. The General Legaspi, to deter +others, hanged the notary Juan de Zaldivar, for being <span class= +"corr" id="xd19e740" title="Source: accessary">accessory</span> to the +aforesaid murder. He rewarded Rodrigo del Angle, Garnica, and Juan +Enriquez, with all the loyalists, and granted a pardon, in the name of +the King, to all those who had acted any subordinate part in this +transaction.</p> +<p>The Colonel, at this time, had gone to ratify a treaty of peace with +some of the towns, and falling in with a small Portuguese galleon of +superior force, which bore down upon his patache, he was compelled to +escape as well as he could. About the <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb93" href="#pb93" name="pb93">93</a>]</span>same time, two Portuguese +vessels having appeared off Zebu, Legaspi ordered them to be +acknowledged as friends, and invited into the harbour, but they excused +themselves, and prosecuted their route. These proved afterwards to be +ships belonging to the squadron of Pereyra, which was coming against +the Spaniards, but being dispersed by storms, they could not pursue +their first intentions. The General fortified his camp, and +entertaining no fears of the Portuguese, he despatched Martin de Goite +on an amicable treaty with some adjacent towns, and to receive the +tribute of those who had already submitted. He likewise sent the +Colonel to Mindanao, for the purchase of cinnamon, to be shipped to New +Spain. This expedition was unfortunate in the death of this great man, +who was a severe loss to the Spaniards. He caught a fever, and being in +great danger, he told Morones, his second in command, and to +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb94" href="#pb94" name= +"pb94">94</a>]</span>whom he entrusted the ship before he died, that he +suspected an intention of mutiny among the crew; the object of which +was, to go off with the patache, because they had not been allowed to +purchase cinnamon for themselves, and which being the only valuable +object for which the voyage was undertaken, belonged to the King, as +being the first purchase made of that article. Legaspi paid him the +usual funeral honours in Zebu, and punished those who were found to be +concerned in this mutiny. He likewise named as his successor Martin de +Goite. The General sent Morones to Caraga, and Pedro de Herrera to +Leyte, for tar, for careening the ships. The Indians of this island are +excellent porters and labourers, and our soldiers had such confidence +in them, that leaving their arms, and relying on their friendship, they +received the tar in an unguarded manner. This, however, in the end, +cost them dear, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb95" href="#pb95" name= +"pb95">95</a>]</span>as on a sudden they found themselves surrounded in +an ambuscade, by eight or ten Indians to one Spaniard; and Matheo +Sanchez Gaditano not being able to extricate them, the Indians murdered +all but one Spaniard, who escaped to relate the news of this tragedy. +Whilst this was passing up the country, others came down to plunder the +ship, who finding our people in unsuspecting security, possessed +themselves of their arms, and destroyed every thing they could not take +away.</p> +<p>On the 10th of June, 1567, there arrived at Zebu two Portuguese +caracoas, with letters from Captain Pereyra to Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, +in which he observed, that he supposed they were the Spaniards who had +taken refuge in Zebu, in consequence of bad weather, and were unable to +return to New Spain, as had happened to those of the other Spanish +squadrons which had navigated those seas; and on this supposition +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href="#pb96" name= +"pb96">96</a>]</span>he invited them to the Moluccas, where he promised +to receive them with every degree of friendship, and furnish them with +proper necessaries to prosecute their voyage.</p> +<p>Such were the contents of his letter on the occasion, but some +invalid Spaniards who came with the messenger, affirmed that Pereyra +had been despatched by the Viceroy of India to drive the Spaniards out +of Zebu, and not being able last year to effect it, in consequence of +the storms they had encountered, they had remained in Tidore with the +intention of completing it this year. Our General, aware of the snare +which Pereyra was laying for him, answered this specious letter with +corresponding dissimulation, and that he had given notice to his court +of the capture of these islands, and was in daily expectation of +hearing from his sovereign. Surrounded by these interruptions and +difficulties, the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb97" href="#pb97" +name="pb97">97</a>]</span>General sent to Acapulco the patache San +Lucas, Captain Juan de la Isla, requesting such assistance as might +prevent the threatened suspension of their intercourse with New Spain, +and which appeared highly probable. The Augustine friars sent, on this +occasion, Friar Pedro de Gamboa to solicit some additional aid for the +conversion of these infidels, who had already begun to be baptized, and +which, they urged, would securely establish the authority of the +Spaniards in the Philippines, but the friar never arrived, having died +on the voyage.</p> +<p>On the 20th of August, this year, Philip de Salcedo arrived with two +ships, and accompanied by his brother Juan de Salcedo, who had been of +great use in the first conquest of these islands. The General was +rejoiced at the arrival of such considerable relief, at a period when +he had reason to think Pereyra intended to attack <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href="#pb98" name="pb98">98</a>]</span>Zebu. +When Legaspi saw, however, that the Portuguese did not make their +appearance as he expected, he despatched his grandson, Philip de +Salcedo, to Acapulco, with directions to go by the route of the Ladrone +Islands, where he was shipwrecked; but, all the people being saved, he +built another vessel, and returned to Zebu in such happy time, that he +made up for his disappointment, by the importance of his appearance, at +the period of Pereyra's arrival, on the 30th of September 1568, with +<span class="corr" id="xd19e763" title="Source: as quadron">a +squadron</span> of three galleons, two galeots, three fustas, and +twenty smaller vessels. Every thing, however, on this occasion, +indicated perfect amity; the Generals visited reciprocally, and held +meetings, to ascertain whether these islands were in the line of +demarcation of Spain, or not, with the view of avoiding hostilities. +Pereyra, by an artful line of conduct, protracted these discussions, in +order to gain time, if <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99" href="#pb99" +name="pb99">99</a>]</span>possible, by stratagem, to get possession of +the port and of our camp, as he found it could not be effected by +force. Disappointed, however, in his views, he returned on +Christmas-eve to the Moluccas, having been dismissed with great +civility by Legaspi. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb100" href="#pb100" +name="pb100">100</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch6" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e770" class="label">CHAPTER VI.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1569 to 1571.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Conquest of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The supply of provisions having been very short, in +consequence of the Portuguese, in some measure, blockading the port, +the General, to guard against being exposed to the same danger a second +time, determined to change his position, and establish himself in a +more fertile country than that he then occupied. He ordered the camp to +be immediately removed to the island of Panay: with this commission he +charged his grandson, Philip de Salcedo, who was very cordially +received by the natives, because he had formerly assisted them against +their enemies, and enabled them to make many prisoners. Captain Luis de +la Haya was ordered to go with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb101" +href="#pb101" name="pb101">101</a>]</span>his detachment, to the river +Araut in the same island; Captain Andres de Ybarra to the island of +Masbate; and the Colonel was ordered to remain in Zebu. In the interim +the camp was established in Panay, and the patache San Lucas remained +at Zebu, preparing to depart for New Spain. Juan de Salcedo ordered his +brother Philip to Panay with another vessel, which conveyed the books +and effects of his grandfather, all of which were lost in a storm; +which loss, although he felt it severely, Legaspi bore with exemplary +patience and fortitude.</p> +<p>Philip de Salcedo having loaded the patache San Lucas, sailed from +Zebu, and, in a few days after her departure, fell in with the San +Juan, which had sailed from Acapulco, and was commanded by Captain Juan +Lopez de Aguirre; Salcedo returned with her to Zebu, and, on the 10th +of July, sailed a second time on his voyage. By the San Juan the +Augustine fathers had <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href= +"#pb102" name="pb102">102</a>]</span>sent Friar Herrera, having +appointed him a provincial, or clerical head of a province, which was +the first they had established in the Philippines. Their intention was +by this appointment, to increase the importance of the religious +orders, and induce higher respect from the new converts; the effect, +accordingly, was the addition of many to the number, stimulated too, by +the example of Tupas and his son: Legaspi stood godfather to Tupas, who +was christened Philip, in compliment to the King of Spain; and his son +was christened Charles, and had, as his godfather, Juan de Salcedo. The +feasts which were held on the day these two new Christians were +baptized, contributed, at the same time, to the conversion of many +others. This was a measure of great expediency, although the duty of +the fathers became necessarily so much more enlarged. It was determined +that a friar, whose name was Juan Alba, should be sent to attempt the +conversion of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb103" href="#pb103" +name="pb103">103</a>]</span>isle of Masbate; and another, by the name +of Alonzo Ximenes, to the river Araut, in the island of Panay, where he +made many converts. Friar Martin de Rada remained in Zebu, and the rest +of the clergy accompanied the General in the conquest of Manila.</p> +<p>The General Legaspi arrived at Panay, accompanied by the Colonel, +who, however, immediately returned to his command at Zebu, together +with his wife, who had just arrived from New Spain with Captain Juan +Lopez de Aguirre, in the ship San Juan. Legaspi was received by the +natives of Panay with every demonstration of joy, and they appeared +more sincere in their professions than those of Zebu. He constructed, +with all expedition, some works, to enable him to resist the attempts +of the squadron of Pereyra, and check the proceedings of a swarm of +pirates, which had issued from Jolo and Borneo in twenty vessels, +called <i>vireyes</i>, and had captured <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb104" href="#pb104" name="pb104">104</a>]</span>a Spanish vessel, +with the crew. The Colonel attacked these pirates with nine +<i>proas</i>: he took four <i>vireyes</i>, and would have taken the +whole, had not seven of his vessels been too much astern. Having +forwarded the account of this engagement to the General, he was now at +liberty to assist the inhabitants of Aclan, who had sustained +considerable injury from the pirates of Mindoro. In the month of +January, 1570, Juan de Salcedo sailed on this expedition with thirty +Spaniards and many friendly Indians. He entered the town of Mamburao, +and, having made himself master of it, compelled the inhabitants to +ransom themselves with gold; after which he proceeded to the isle of +Lucban, where the pirates of Mindoro had taken refuge, and had +protected themselves by some indifferent works; he, with ease, forced +their intrenchments, attacked them with fire-arms, and, as they were +unable to resist this mode of warfare, they <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb105" href="#pb105" name= +"pb105">105</a>]</span>agreed to ransom themselves with gold, as the +inhabitants of Mamburao had done. Salcedo divided the spoil among his +soldiers and the Indians, and returned to Panay, to give an account of +this expedition.</p> +<p>The General, who was determined above all things on the conquest of +Manila, named the Colonel as commandant, and sent with him his +grandson, Juan de Salcedo, with an hundred and twenty Spaniards, and +many friendly Indians, to accomplish it. They sailed from Panay the +beginning of May 1570. The Colonel went directly against Manila, but +Juan de Salcedo turned aside to the country about the lake of Bombon, +which is now called the Province of Batangas, to treat with the +natives. He sent the usual peace-offerings, but they answered him with +their arms. He engaged them, and would have succeeded, but received so +severe a wound in his leg from an arrow, that he was compelled +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href="#pb106" name= +"pb106">106</a>]</span>to abandon his enterprise, and follow the +Colonel to Manila. The Colonel made terms with the Rajah, who was a +good old man, and whom history calls Raxa Matanda, that is, the old +Rajah; he had a nephew of the name of Raxa Soliman, who, likewise, made +terms with the Colonel; but little dependence could be placed on him, +as he evidently was no friend to the Spaniards, and had, as it was +supposed, secreted provisions. He was accused, likewise, of exciting +the Indians to murder the Spaniards, while on shore, which obliged our +people to behave with great circumspection toward them. One day Raxa +Soliman even ordered his men to fire upon our shipping, and, after +having done us considerable damage, he embarked on board a large junk, +and left the river, firing at us as he passed<a href= +"#n17"><sup>17</sup></a>. The Colonel instantly landed, leaving Juan de +Salcedo in charge of the ships, and, with eighty men, stormed the fort +which the Indians had at <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb107" href= +"#pb107" name="pb107">107</a>]</span>the mouth of the river, and where +at present stands the fort of Santiago. He ordered his soldiers to +attack the guns, and they were so fortunate in their attack, as in +their first onset to kill the principal artillery officer, who appeared +to be an European, as he was seen to cross himself before he +died<a href="#n18"><sup>18</sup></a>; the remainder, were by the vigour +of the assault, compelled to fly towards the town, which they burnt in +their retreat, that the Spaniards might not profit by their success. +Among other things, a foundery for cannon was destroyed, and it was +supposed they had thrown many pieces of artillery into the sea, as only +twelve, and a few falconets (a piece so called), were found in the +place. The old Rajah was not a party in this disturbance, as neither he +nor any of his people were engaged; and his fidelity was proved, by his +having displayed from his house a white flag, during the time the +action lasted. The Colonel, fearing that <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb108" href="#pb108" name="pb108">108</a>]</span>if he remained +longer, he should encounter the south-west monsoon, and be unable to +return, retired immediately to Cavite, to do the needful repairs to his +ships, and in two days sailed for Panay.</p> +<p>On the 23d of June of this year, Captain Juan de la Isla arrived +with three vessels, in which came the Friar Perrera with two other +religious, viz. Friar Diego Orduñez, and Friar Diego de Espinar, +who came to labour in this new vineyard. Despatches were brought by +them from his Majesty, by which Miguel Lopez de Legaspi was constituted +President of the islands of the Ladrones, and he was recommended to +settle the Philippines; at the same time his Majesty bestowed portions +of lands, with their inhabitants, on all who might be engaged in the +conquest. With a view to put these orders in execution, Legaspi first +despatched from Panay, the same Captain Juan de la Isla, with two ships +to Acapulco, and sailed for Zebu, where he ordered <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb109" href="#pb109" name="pb109">109</a>]</span>it +to be proclaimed, that he intended to erect the town which had been +built into a city, and to give every encouragement to increase the +population, directing those who wished to settle in it to go before the +notary, to be enrolled by five hundreds. On New Year's day, 1571, he +named two ordinary alcaldes, six regidores, a notary, and two +alguazils, who immediately took the customary oath on entering their +office, and he strictly enjoined them the discharge of their respective +duties. He likewise directed that the town, which had till then been +called San Miguel, should be named the City del Santissimo Nombre de +Jesus, in memory of the discovery of the sacred child, as before +related. He settled the manner, in which rewards should be distributed +among the tributary Indians, who were in the neighbourhood of the city, +and left them under the care of the treasurer, Guido de Labezares, in +order that he might have the opportunity of finishing a stone +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb110" href="#pb110" name= +"pb110">110</a>]</span>fort, which he had ordered to be constructed. +All these and many subordinate objects, being attained by the end of +January, he returned to Panay, to attempt from thence the conquest of +Manila.</p> +<p>Immediately after the President arrived at Panay, the Colonel, +attended by all the officers and soldiers, joined him, leaving in +Masbate the Padre Alba with six men, and in Dumangas Padre Ximenes, in +charge of the new conquests. The Padre Herrera, with other religious, +accompanied the General in his expedition against Manila, on which he +sailed the 15th of April; and in the island of Lutaga he reviewed his +force, and found they amounted to two hundred and eighty soldiers, +consisting partly of his own people, of those of the Colonel, of +Captains Andres de Ybarra, Luis de la Haya, and Juan de Salcedo. He +passed by the island of Mindoro, and settled the tribute which the +natives were to pay to the King of Spain. Here he had <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb111" href="#pb111" name="pb111">111</a>]</span>the +opportunity of saving a Chinese vessel called a Sampan, from +foundering; and he received the crew, with that kindness and warmth of +feeling, so natural to the Spaniards.</p> +<p>The Chinese acknowledged the kindness of the Spaniards, and formed a +friendly connection with them. The President continued his voyage, and +entered Cavite, where he waited the arrival of those who had fallen +astern; meantime he treated with the natives of the place, and received +them as vassals of the King of Spain. Two days after he arrived, he +entered with all his squadron into the river of Manila. The Indians, +thinking the Spaniards had returned, to punish them for the resistance +they had made to the Colonel, set fire to the town, and with their +effects fled to Tondo. The President sent the Colonel to bring them to +terms, who, arriving at their camp, gave them to understand, by means +of an interpreter, that the Spaniards had not <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb112" href="#pb112" name="pb112">112</a>]</span>come +with the intention of doing them any injury. On learning this, some +began to quench the flames, and others went in search of the old Rajah; +and Lacandola, the chief of Tondo, immediately went with others to wait +on Legaspi. He received them with a smiling countenance, and told them +that he came as a friend, provided they acknowledged the King of Spain, +as their king and natural lord and master, who would receive them under +his protection, and relieve their distresses. The principal motive, he +said, which induced his Majesty to send him there, was to propagate the +true worship of one all powerful God; that he had brought several +sacred characters with him for that purpose, and shewing them Padre +Herrera, said that he was the principal of those, who were to be their +teachers. They promised to become vassals of the King of Spain, and +hear the law which they were to be taught; he hinted to them that he +did not see Rajah <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb113" href="#pb113" +name="pb113">113</a>]</span>Soliman with them: they replied, that he +dared not appear after what had happened with the Colonel on the first +expedition; but if he would pardon him, he would immediately appear, +and promise obedience, as the rest had done. The General not only +promised to pardon him, but sent him a message to that effect, without, +however, being able to remove his apprehensions at that time.</p> +<p>But on the 18th of May, Rajah Soliman arrived, accompanied by his +uncle Rajah Matanda and Lacandola, making many apologies for what had +passed. The General pardoned and received him as a vassal of his +Majesty, and as such he was registered by the notary, Hernando Riguel. +Legaspi immediately commenced his arrangements for founding a new city, +and directed the Indians to finish the fort they had begun in the mouth +of the river. Behind this he erected a large building, which served as +a palace, with a church and convent <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb114" href="#pb114" name="pb114">114</a>]</span>for the religious, +and an hundred and twenty smaller houses for the remainder of the +Spaniards, intending this city to be the seat of government, both +spiritual and temporal, of the islands. The whole of this, the Indians +engaged to accomplish with great despatch, but it was found necessary, +to employ the Spaniards to assist them in it. A good understanding +being thus established, between the natives of Manila and Tondo and the +Spaniards, Manila was taken possession of on the day following, the +19th of May, 1571, when, in a temporary church, the feast of the +blessed Virgin Mary was celebrated, who, from that circumstance, was +named the patroness of the new city.</p> +<p>The peace which Rajah Soliman and Lacandola had made, was, on their +part, by no means sincere, for the Indians of Macabebe and Hagonoy, +appearing at the mouth of the harbour of Bancusay, with forty caracoas +(an Indian vessel), proceeded <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" +href="#pb115" name="pb115">115</a>]</span>to the house of Lacandola. +These men jeered at and reproached the Indians, for submitting with +such readiness, to such an insignificant number of Spaniards, +promising, if they were disposed to shake off the yoke, that they +should be assisted from Tondo and the neighbouring country, and not +leave one Spaniard alive. The President, supposing those Indians who +had arrived, had come to solicit peace, sent two Spaniards to assure +them that they might present themselves to him without fear. The chief +of the Indians, after listening to these ambassadors, leaped on his +feet, and drawing and flourishing his cimeter, he said, “The sun +gave me life, and I must not be disgraced in the eyes of my women, who +would detest me, if they thought I was capable, of being on friendly +terms with the Spaniards.” With this speech he quitted the house, +without waiting to go down by the ladder, for, with great boldness, he +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" href="#pb116" name= +"pb116">116</a>]</span>leaped out of the window into his caracoa, +calling out to the Spaniards, “I expect you in the bay of +Bancusay.” Legaspi determined upon punishing such conduct, and +sent against him the Colonel Martin de Goite with eighty Spaniards, in +some newly constructed small vessels. The Indian chief was true to his +word, and waited for them where he had said, with his squadron. The +battle began, and he fought with great valour; but, in a short time, +being killed by a musket shot, the rest dismayed, fled with great +precipitation; our people pursued, and made many prisoners, among whom +were the son of Lacandola, and his nephew, by which his deceit and +dissimulation were sufficiently manifest; the President, however, sent +them home, without the punishment they merited for their treason. After +this engagement, the natives became so much afraid of the Spaniards, +that many chiefs <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb117" href="#pb117" +name="pb117">117</a>]</span>came to Manila begging peace, and offering +to become vassals of the king of Spain. By this time, the works which +had been ordered in Manila were considerably advanced, and, on the day +of St. John the Baptist, the President, Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, +founded the city as the metropolis of the Philippine Islands, +appointing two ordinary alcaldes, twelve regidores, an alguazil mayor, +and a notary, who all took the customary oaths, to discharge the duties +of their respective offices with justice. This ceremony took place +while Philip II. was King of Spain, and Pius V. was in the fifth year +of his pontificate, the first governor being the President, Miguel +Lopez de Legaspi. The public square was now marked out, with the +situation of the convent of San Augustine, and the subordinate +arrangements were left to the magistracy. Legaspi ordered the city to +be called Manila, of which his Majesty approved, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb118" href="#pb118" name= +"pb118">118</a>]</span>giving it a coat of arms. This city is placed in +fourteen degrees and a half of north latitude, and is thought to be the +antipodes of the river Saint Ann, in Brazil, which is in the same +latitude in the opposite tropic of Capricorn. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119" name="pb119">119</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch7" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e852" class="label">CHAPTER VII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOMINI, 1571.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Government of Miguel Lopez de +Legaspi.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Manila being founded, and most of the towns of the +surrounding district, in amity with the Spaniards, the Governor sent +the Colonel to Pampanga, to reduce that province to the Spanish yoke, +but he had no sooner arrived at the river Betis, on his way thither, +than he was compelled to return, without being able to reduce either +the town of Betis or that of Lubao; for it appeared that Rajah Soliman +and Lacandola, who had gone with him to serve as interpreters between +the Indians and him, had conducted themselves treacherously. This fully +appeared by Lacandola leaving <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb120" +href="#pb120" name="pb120">120</a>]</span>the Colonel, and returning to +Manila without leave, for which the Governor ordered him to be put in +irons, and, to increase his punishment, told his relations that he +would not let him at liberty but at the Colonel's request; even then he +did not accede to it without confiscating all his artillery, consisting +of fifteen pieces of cannon, large and small. About this time Rajah +Matanda fell sick, and requesting to be baptized, a clergyman of the +name of Juan de Vivero administered this sacrament to him by the name +of Philip: he died of his disorder, and was buried with great +solemnity. On the 17th of July, Don Diego Legaspi, a nephew of the +Governor, arrived; he was sent by Captain Juan de Aguirre to the aid of +his uncle, having a short time before come to Panay with two ships, +which the Viceroy of Mexico had sent to these islands as a +reinforcement. The Governor ordered the Colonel to proceed to Panay, +and despatch these ships to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href= +"#pb121" name="pb121">121</a>]</span>Manila, and afterwards go to Zebu, +and bring his family to the capital. Whilst the Colonel was executing +this commission, Juan de Salcedo was sent to reduce the people of +Cainta and Taytay, two small towns high up the river Pasig, which had +refused to acknowledge the Spanish authority, and had strengthened +their position by some fortifications covering their towns. He carried +Cainta by assault, with the loss of only two killed and five wounded, +but with great slaughter on the part of the Indians, upon hearing +which, the inhabitants of Taytay immediately surrendered. He afterwards +marched to a town on the borders of the lake <i>Bay</i>, and of the +same name, and summoned the inhabitants, but they answered him with +their arms in their hands. He had with him Padre Friar Alonso de +Albarado, who had accompanied Ruy Lopez de Villalobos in his +expedition; had returned a second time to Mexico; and again had +accompanied the other five <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb122" href= +"#pb122" name="pb122">122</a>]</span>religious, of the order of San +Augustine, to Manila. This venerable person the Colonel sent, to assure +the Indians, that he did not wish to employ his arms against them, and +that he had commissioned the Padre Friar Alonso, to accommodate +matters, requesting them immediately to deliver up their town of Bay. +This in the end was acceded to, and was followed, by the submission of +many small towns, on the borders of the lake. Juan de Salcedo went +further up the country behind them, and found the people of Mahayhay, +fortified by nature so securely on a hill, that they could defend +themselves against a great force, with no difficulty, by rolling down +immense stones. Having, however, reconnoitred it, he perceived a path +less rugged than the rest, and where they seemed more negligent. By +this path he surmounted the difficulty, and appeared above them, when +they were seized with such a panic, that they fled precipitately, +without making <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb123" href="#pb123" name= +"pb123">123</a>]</span>any resistance. For two days more, Juan de +Salcedo was detained in this part of the country, passing through the +villages, which, however, he found deserted, the inhabitants having +taken refuge in the mountains. He in consequence returned to Bay, where +he had left most of his people. It was understood, that in the country +of the Camarines, there was a town called Paracale, where there were +mines of gold. He sent back to Manila Padre Albarado, and some of the +Spaniards; and having a few soldiers only, he encountered a great many +difficulties, in undertaking the conquest of this town. Many days +having elapsed, without hearing from them at Manila, the Governor +despatched Major Antonio Hurtado in search of them, and he found Juan +de Salcedo in Paracale, with all his people, very much weakened, in +consequence of the hardships they had been exposed to, and the sickness +with which they had been attacked. Salcedo <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href="#pb124" name= +"pb124">124</a>]</span>returned with Hurtado to Manila, on which +occasion there were great rejoicings, as he had been supposed dead, and +the loss of a man so much loved and respected would have been severely +felt.</p> +<p>About this time the Colonel returned from Zebu, having first subdued +the province of Pampanga. The Governor now apportioned the conquered +districts and towns, among the respective officers, who had so well +earned that reward, reserving to his Majesty the usual tribute only. He +directed, that the Indians should pay a moderate rent, to those new +proprietors of land, and the Spaniards were enjoined, not to exact any +thing above the rent so settled. In a little time it was discovered, +that the Indians would not pay the tribute; and that the Spanish +proprietors, had been guilty of many vexatious acts against them, which +had produced revolts in various places. In Bohol, Panay, and in +Marinduque, the Indians had killed several Spanish <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb125" href="#pb125" name= +"pb125">125</a>]</span>factors and soldiers. To prevent these +disturbances from spreading, the Governor sent Captain Luis de la Haya, +to examine into the matter, and to punish the aggressors. He executed +his commission with such prudence, that, without exasperating the +Indians, he chastised the murderers, and left the towns in complete +subordination.</p> +<p>At the beginning of the year 1572, there arrived, with a great deal +of rich merchandize, those Chinese whom the Spaniards had saved from +shipwreck, in the island of Mindoro, together with many others of that +nation, who brought damasks, satins, taffeties, silks, porcelain, and +other things, with which the foundation of a lucrative commerce with +Acapulco was laid. These Chinese, whom we call Sangleyes, from two +Chinese words, <i>hiang, lay</i>, which signifies travelling merchants, +continue to this day the commerce with Manila, and many have settled in +these islands, where, however, they have frequently been troublesome, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126" href="#pb126" name= +"pb126">126</a>]</span>as will be seen in the sequel. About the time +these merchants arrived, the Augustine friars intended to hold their +second provincial chapter, and the first which had been celebrated at +Manila; and at this it was determined, to send some of their order to +China, to establish a religious intercourse between the two nations. +The Governor agreed to this, and was desirous, at the same time, to +send an embassy to the Emperor; but the Chinese would not agree to take +it to China. The Friar Alvarado, however, who was the most desirous of +the undertaking, began to study the language, that he might be able to +convert and baptize the Chinese merchants, who seemed disposed to +settle in Manila; this plan he had adopted in Tondo, where he had +administered the sacrament to numbers. In this provincial chapter it +was agreed, that Padre Herrera should be sent a second time to Mexico, +in order to bring more clerical aid to this province; they likewise +chose as provincial, the Padre Friar Martin <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb127" href="#pb127" name="pb127">127</a>]</span>de +Rada, and elected a capitular of the convent of Manila; they +established clergy in Zebu, Masbate, Otong, Mindoro, Tondo, Calumpit, +and Lubao. Soon after this, convents were founded in the districts of +Taal, Bay, and Pasig, and many visitations were made, by which it was +ascertained, that the number of the clergy increased so much, that it +became necessary, to separate the parish priests from the friars.</p> +<p>The greater part of this quarter of the island, being reduced to +complete obedience, to the King of Spain, and nothing being known of +the northern part of it, Juan de Salcedo offered to make the discovery, +at his own risk. He collected men and ships, the Governor allowing him +forty-five soldiers, with necessary ammunition. He sailed from Manila +on the 20th of May, 1572; on the third day, he arrived at Cape Bolinao, +in the province of Zambales, where he found a Chinese junk or sampan, +and a party <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb128" href="#pb128" name= +"pb128">128</a>]</span>of Chinese, who had got possession of a chief +and some Indians, with an intent to carry them to China. Juan de +Salcedo re-took them from the Chinese, and gave them their liberty, +which action so gratified the feelings of the natives, that they became +immediately vassals of the King of Spain, and solicited to be placed on +the same footing, as the people of the other districts. Passing from +thence to Pangasinan, he coasted the whole of that province, and that +of Ylocos, until he arrived at Cape Boxeador, examining all the ports, +bays, and landing places, near which his squadron was able to approach, +and it consisted of many, but very small vessels. He was desirous, of +preserving a good understanding with the Indians, and most of the towns +on the coast, received him in a very friendly manner, and supplied him +with provisions, which he stood in need of; but on his entering the +rivers and creeks, he found great resistance from the inhabitants +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb129" href="#pb129" name= +"pb129">129</a>]</span>of the districts bordering on them. He attacked +them on several occasions, putting them to flight with great ease, and +sent to them, desiring them to leave the mountains, with a promise of +his friendship. Some, however, not relying on the promises of the +Spaniards, could not divest themselves of their apprehensions, while +others readily came down, submitted, and agreed to pay the tribute. In +this manner he was proceeding, and had almost subdued these two large +provinces<a href="#n19"><sup>19</sup></a>, intending to pass on to +Cagayan; but he was opposed by his own people, who became weary of the +expedition. His second in command, Antonio Hurtado, proposed that he +should go on, and prosecute his original plan, but Juan de Salcedo, +although he desired it much, thought it better to accede to the +representations of his soldiers, and they returned by the same route, +confirming in their obedience the towns which had submitted. On his +arrival <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb130" href="#pb130" name= +"pb130">130</a>]</span>at Bigan, the natives received him with so much +cordiality, that he prudently determined on the step of founding there +a Spanish city, for the purpose of <span class="corr" id="xd19e901" +title="Source: controuling">controlling</span> the neighbouring +country.</p> +<p>Having, with this view, ordered the natives to cut sufficient timber +to build a fort, and accommodations for those who chose to remain, he +became desirous of executing the original project, which he had +abandoned, of passing on to Cagayan. He left in Bigan his second in +command, with twenty-five soldiers, and, with the seventeen that +remained, he commenced this arduous undertaking, departing in three +vessels on the 24th of July. Having passed Cape Boxeador, he entered a +river where he found a mud village of salt-makers; he desired them to +call their chiefs, as he wished to be on good terms with them, and +after many messages they appeared with their Rajah, who was a very +handsome man, and whiter than the rest of the Indians. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb131" href="#pb131" name="pb131">131</a>]</span>Juan +de Salcedo came up to him with open arms, intending to embrace him; but +the barbarian, unaccustomed to such a mode of salutation, believing +that he wanted to catch him, took to his heels and fled, and on no +entreaty would he be prevailed on, to leave the mountains. Our people, +therefore, hoisted their sails, and arrived at the river of Cagayan. +They sailed up this river a considerable way, and found a populous +district; but they dared not attempt any hostility against the +inhabitants, as they were so few in number in comparison to the +natives, and they resolved to return to Manila by that side of the +island, in order completely to ascertain the whole extent of Luzon. +They proceeded about one hundred leagues, without discovering any +population, or any thing but a rocky shore. They coasted it until they +arrived at a bay, which Juan de Salcedo thought had been named Amanto, +having been there when <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb132" href= +"#pb132" name="pb132">132</a>]</span>he went to Paracale. In this, +however, he was mistaken, but as that bay was very near, he arrived in +a few days at it. Here he went on shore; and travelled on till he came +to the towns on the lake, where he embarked on board a small boat with +only four rowers. The boat was on the point of foundering during the +passage, and the Indians deserting her by swimming away, he would +inevitably have been lost, had not a proa, with some friendly Indians, +passing by, immediately relieved him. Arriving at Manila, he received +the melancholy intelligence of the death of his grandfather, on the +20th of August, 1572, accelerated much by the vexatious and +multifarious duties of his office. He was interred in the church of the +Augustines, with the magnificence due to his character and station.</p> +<p>By the death of Legaspi, the treasurer, Guido de Labezares became +governor <i>ad interim</i>, by a decree of the Royal Audience of +Mexico, and which decree was found <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb133" +href="#pb133" name="pb133">133</a>]</span>among the papers of the +deceased. A few days after Labezares had succeeded to the government, +Manila suffered severely from a hurricane, which destroyed almost all +the houses, these being built of canes, and drove back the two ships +which had been <span class="corr" id="xd19e917" title= +"Source: seent">sent</span> to Acapulco, but which, after the storm +subsided, sailed again for New Spain, carrying accounts of the death of +Legaspi. The new Governor sent Colonel Martin de Goite, to reduce the +revolted natives of Ylocos, which was done with little trouble, and he +brought away the tribute of the king in gold, compelling them to ransom +themselves, for a sum far exceeding that amount. This he was enabled so +easily to do, by the exertions of Juan de Salcedo, who, at his own +cost, had subdued nearly all this province, and who, as the Colonel +represented, ought to be allowed to reap the fruits of his labours; but +Guido de Labezares was prejudiced against him, and would not employ him +until he was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb134" href="#pb134" name= +"pb134">134</a>]</span>undeceived as to his merits. He then sent him to +the conquest of the Camarines, which he effected with ease, and founded +near the river of Vicol a Spanish city, calling it Santiago de Libon. +He appointed as chief judge Captain Pedro de Chaves, with eighty +soldiers. While Juan de Salcedo was making these conquests, the +governor <i>ad interim</i> was exploring the whole of the Bisayas: he +attempted to restrain within proper bounds the avarice of the factors, +but it was without effect, as the moment he was gone they returned to +their old practices. Meanwhile a ship from Acapulco arrived with three +Augustine friars, men who were much required, not only for the purpose, +of converting to the Christian religion, the natives of the conquered +countries, but likewise to preserve the tranquillity of the different +towns, and which could not be effected solely by force of arms.</p> +<p>When the Governor <i>ad interim</i> returned <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb135" href="#pb135" name="pb135">135</a>]</span>to +Manila, he sent an embassy to the Rajah of Borneo, but without effect, +as he had no wish to be on terms with the Spaniards. He likewise +divided the province of Ylocos between the Colonel and Juan de Salcedo, +who had been employed in that expedition. In the beginning of the year +1574, Juan de Salcedo sailed to take possession of his portion; he +founded in the district of Bigan the city Fernandina, where he built a +house for himself. While he was accomplishing this object, a large +squadron of vessels passed by, which had taken a galeot and twenty men +he had sent in search of provisions; and presuming that their intention +was to attack him, he began to fortify the town, but seeing they +prosecuted their route, he took it for granted they were going against +Manila; and having collected together all the Spaniards he had in +Ylocos, he embarked for the capital to the assistance of the Governor. +This was the famous expedition of Limahon, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb136" href="#pb136" name="pb136">136</a>]</span>by +which Manila was nearly lost, but a short time after its +foundation.</p> +<p>Limahon was a pirate of such renown, that the Emperor of China had +sent against him three different squadrons, and he was in fact so +pressed on all sides by this force, that having captured a Chinese junk +coming from Manila, who informed him of the new conquests by the +Spaniards, he determined to sail for this country, and be crowned King +of these islands, in order to be secure, by this means, from the +Emperor's attacks. He arrived at the island of Corregidor, which is in +the mouth of the bay, the 29th of November 1574, with sixty-two junks, +in which he brought one thousand five hundred women, two thousand +soldiers, and a great many seamen, sufficient artillery, muskets, and +swords. The Spaniards had no intimation of his arrival at Corregidor, +and the same night his second in command, who was a Japanese of the +name of Sioco, landed with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb137" href= +"#pb137" name="pb137">137</a>]</span>six hundred men, with which he +entered, and attempted to take possession of Manila. In the attempt to +land his men he lost three boats, which were swamped by the surf; but +he effected his object, without being at all discovered by our people. +He first landed at Parañaque, supposing it to be Manila, but +soon finding out his mistake, he began his march to it by the beach, +his vessels following him, and at day-break he arrived at Manila, where +he was discovered by the Indians. They made all haste to the Colonel, +who lived close to the royal gate, where the college of St. Joseph now +stands, and informed him, that there was an immense body of Moors of +Borneo coming by the sea side. The Colonel, however, as he had no +reason to conclude, that the Borneans considered themselves, in direct +hostility with the Spaniards, gave no credit to it, till he saw the +Chinese enter by the gate, close to his house. Three soldiers, who were +placed as <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb138" href="#pb138" name= +"pb138">138</a>]</span>guards there, attempted to resist them, but they +were soon overpowered by multitudes, and one only escaped, severely +wounded.</p> +<p>The wife of the Colonel looking out of the window, thought they were +Indians come against them, and called out, “Here the dogs come, +we are all dead.” The Portuguese interpreter, who accompanied +Sioco, enraged at this reproachful epithet of the lady, ordered the +house to be set on fire. The Colonel, who was ill, immediately on this +got up, put on his armour, and unsheathing his sword, leapt out of the +window in the midst of his enemies, who received him on their swords, +and cut him to pieces. They killed the wife of a common soldier, whom +they found in the house, and left for dead Dona Lucia Corral, the wife +of the Colonel, but she afterwards recovered from her wounds. Sioco +pursuing his march, encountered some Spaniards who were on their way to +assist <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb139" href="#pb139" name= +"pb139">139</a>]</span>the Governor, and seeing that there were few +opposed to him, he formed his men into a half moon, and charged the +centre of the Spaniards. The engagement was long doubtful, when eight +soldiers being killed, the rest must have shared their fate, had they +not been joined by twenty more, under the command of Captain Alonso +Velasquez, the aid-de-camp of General Amador de Arriaran, and Gaspar +Ramirez, aid-de-camp of the Colonel, who charged the Chinese so +furiously, that Sioco was obliged to retire to his boats and join +Limahon, who had anchored in Cavite. Sioco justified his ill success in +this action, by saying, that the people were tired by their long march +along the beach, which excuse Limahon admitted, and determined on +another assault on the third day. This affair having happened on St. +Andrew's day, the Spaniards attributed it to the intercession of that +Saint, that they had not all fallen into the hands of the Chinese, and +expressed <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb140" href="#pb140" name= +"pb140">140</a>]</span>their gratitude, by choosing him patron of +Manila, instituting an annual solemn feast on the occasion. Limahon's +delay of the second attack, was the means of saving all, as it gave +time to Juan de Salcedo, to join with his force from Ylocos. He arrived +in the bay, in the night of the same day of St. Andrew, and +understanding that Limahon was in Cavite, he did not attempt to enter +there, but landed on the Pampanga side of the bay. The day following, +in the evening, he met with two Indians, who had escaped from the +engagement, and informed him of all that had happened; he immediately +made sail, and entered Manila that night. When he was at the mouth of +the river, he ordered the trumpets to be sounded, and placed a great +number of lights about his ship, to induce the enemy to believe, the +approach of considerable relief to the Spaniards, who saluted him in +form, all of which caused great alarm to the Chinese. The Governor +<i>ad interim</i>, was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href= +"#pb141" name="pb141">141</a>]</span>so pleased with the diligence of +Juan de Salcedo, that he appointed him Colonel, in the room of Martin +de Goite.</p> +<p>The same night, Limahon weighed anchor from Cavite, and pressed on +to Manila, and Sioco disembarked the following morning, after having +sworn by an oath to his General, that he would either die in the +attempt, or that day be in possession of the house of the Governor. He +directed his march to the fort, which our people had constructed of +timber, faggots, and barrels of earth, and he divided his troops into +three bodies. He ordered one to march down, through the principal +street of the city, to the square, where he expected the Spaniards +would sally out of the fort, and engage them; and in this expectation, +he sent another body, by the side of the river round the fort, and the +third, which he commanded himself, he led along the beach. The division +which had been ordered down the principal street, arrived in the +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb142" href="#pb142" name= +"pb142">142</a>]</span>square, and in order to induce the Spaniards to +sally from the fort, they set fire to the houses. Fortunately the +Spaniards did not quit the fort, though they saw their houses burning, +but contented themselves with playing their artillery upon the Chinese, +doing a great deal of mischief. Sioco, finding that it was not +possible, to draw the Spaniards from their fortifications, and having +lost many of his men, ordered the division that had arrived at the +square, to assault the fort, at the same time leading on his own. Such +was the multitude of the Chinese, against so few on our part, that the +palisade was forced, and they entered through a part, which Ensign +Sancho Ortez defended, and in which he was killed, performing prodigies +of valour. Immediately the Governor heard of this, he repaired to the +fort, attended by the Colonel; they cut their way through the Chinese, +and having entered it, repulsed the invaders with great loss. The +Chinese, panic struck <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href= +"#pb143" name="pb143">143</a>]</span>at this, retiring by degrees +towards the shore, the Spaniards followed them close, making great +slaughter among them; but, to our great misfortune, our people suddenly +abandoned their advantage, at the sight of Limahon's squadron, which +had just entered the river, but had not been able hitherto, to take +part in the action.</p> +<p>Limahon observing this, ordered his ships off, in order that his men +might become desperate, on finding themselves deprived of all +protection from him: the contrary effect, however, was produced by it, +as they were seized with such a panic, that they could not face their +enemies, but formed themselves on the shore, and received the fire of +our artillery, which was discharged repeatedly upon them, determined +rather to wait death with firmness, than return into the engagement. In +this they would have persisted, had not Limahon arrived with four +hundred fresh men. As all was not lost, he ordered some of his +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href="#pb144" name= +"pb144">144</a>]</span>people to burn a ship and galley, which, with a +few other small vessels, were drawn up on the beach, and which, when +they had destroyed the houses, they had forgot to burn with the rest, +and he made a false attack on the fort, in order to compel the +Spaniards to sally out, to hinder the operation. The Colonel guessed +his intention: he, however, sallied out with fifty men, against those +only who were proceeding to pillage the city, and put them to flight +precipitately. Limahon seeing that his plan had not succeeded, having +lost many men, and finding that his principal captain, Sioco, had been +killed, he embarked his troops, and, under favour of the night, +returned to the river Parañaque, where he killed all the +Indians, he found assembled in any hostile way, and, before day-break, +he set sail, and did not bring to, until he came to the province of +Pangasinan; where he entered into an amicable arrangement with the +chief, forming an encampment, and fortifying it with a <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb145" href="#pb145" name= +"pb145">145</a>]</span>strong palisado on an inlet of the river +Lingayen. The Governor was determined to follow him into the province, +but he found it necessary first to restore the fortifications of the +city, and likewise to quell a sedition of the Indians, who, on this +occasion, shewed how little they could be depended upon.</p> +<p>The natives of Manila, whilst the Spaniards were engaging the +Chinese, robbed their houses and maltreated their slaves; those of +Tondo killed some Sachristans belonging to a convent, and they would +have done the same with the clergy, but that they could not have +concealed it. Those of the island of Mindoro, however, imprisoned the +friars, and took them to the mountains, where they were not bold enough +to murder them, till they saw how the action with Limahon would +terminate, and how things would be adjusted. Rajah Soliman and +Lacandola, the chief of Manila and Tondo, apprehensive that the +Governor <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb146" href="#pb146" name= +"pb146">146</a>]</span>would punish them for this ill conduct, retired +to Navotas, where they fomented a rebellion. In order to quell this the +Colonel, accompanied by Friar Marin, set out immediately, and when +Lacandola understood they had arrived, he sent to them to request the +friar would repair to a station about three leagues distant, where all +the chiefs were assembled, and where they were desirous of treating of +a reconciliation with the Spaniards. The friar Marin determined to +proceed to the station which they mentioned, and there he met all the +chiefs, who received him with much joy, but they could not be persuaded +to see the Colonel. Lacandola alone abandoned his fears, in consequence +of the promise the friar had made him, and left Navotas with an +intention to present himself, but he found that Juan de Salcedo had +returned, and directed his way to his house. Salcedo encountered two +ranks of armed men on the banks of the river, near the house +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb147" href="#pb147" name= +"pb147">147</a>]</span>of Lacandola; he boldly went up to them, and +took away their lances and arrows; when, Lacandola arriving, he said, +“What is the meaning of this? why are these men armed?” The +Indian made many excuses, and promised to wait on the Governor the day +following, in company with the friar Marin. The Governor admitted the +excuses, and presented Lacandola with a silk mantle and a gold chain. +Won over by this treatment, Rajah Soliman, in four days, presented +himself to the Governor, and the sedition was thus terminated. Captain +Rivera subdued the people of Mindoro with the same facility.</p> +<p>The Governor being relieved from the anxiety, which the restlessness +of the Indians had occasioned, determined to follow Limahon to +Pangasinan. He found, on mustering, that the soldiers in Manila +amounted to two hundred, and about two hundred more were scattered +through the provinces of Bisayas and Camarines; from <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb148" href="#pb148" name= +"pb148">148</a>]</span>among these he manned the squadron, with two +hundred and fifty Spaniards, and he added one thousand five hundred +friendly Indians. On the 22d of March 1575, the Colonel sailed with +this armament to Pangasinan, and, on the 29th of the same month, in the +night, arrived in the river Lingayen. The day following he sent Captain +Pedro de Chaves to take possession of the ships belonging to the +corsair, and Captain Gabriel de Rivera to reconnoitre his +fortifications. Chaves executed his commission with ease, as the +Chinese fled from their ships, the moment he boarded them. Rivera +attacked the works, firing upon them, and making a dreadful carnage. +Limahon, observing what passed, ordered his men under cover of a grove +of date trees, where they might defend themselves more easily. Captain +Chaves sent assistance to Rivera, and a most sanguinary engagement +commenced. Rivera at last routed the Chinese, compelling them to +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb149" href="#pb149" name= +"pb149">149</a>]</span>retire to their fort, which he would have +scaled, but, finding the palisade too lofty, he had recourse to the +expedient of ordering his men to rush in a body against it, formed as +it was of date trees driven into the earth. This they did with such +force, that they broke through, opened the gate, and entered the fort. +The Chinese then retired within the second palisade, which was the +quarter of Limahon. The Spaniards ought to have attacked the inner +fort, before the Chinese had recovered from their panic; but their +avarice prevailed, and they dispersed themselves through the different +houses, which had been built within the first palisade, plundering +them, without attempting any thing else. Limahon was not slow in taking +advantage of this error of the Spaniards, and, attacking them with four +hundred men, he drove them out of the works with great loss, thus +paying dearly for the indulgence of their habits of plunder. Ashamed of +this defeat, our <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href="#pb150" +name="pb150">150</a>]</span>people returned a second time to the +assault, when they retook the first line of works, but being unable to +force the inner one, they burnt the houses of the Chinese, and going on +board their boats, they retired to where Pedro de Chaves was posted. +Here, finding one of the junks unserviceable, she was set fire to, and +a retreat of the whole body was made good, to the post where the +Colonel was stationed, with the rest of the armament.</p> +<p>Juan de Salcedo, convinced of the difficulty of taking the fort by +storm, and desirous of being as sparing as possible, of the lives of +his Spaniards, considering the difficulties they had to encounter, +determined on attempting to reduce Limahon by fair means. Having in his +army a Chinese who had been established in Manila, he ordered him to +write to Limahon; but this letter having no effect, he wrote a second +to the same purpose. Limahon replied, that he was considered a savage +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb151" href="#pb151" name= +"pb151">151</a>]</span>tiger, whom all were desirous of catching; but +he assured them, that he should either kill them, or they him. The +Chinese, therefore, thus declining every amicable proposal, the Colonel +resolved to throw up works near to their works, but at such a distance +as to be without the range of the enemy's artillery. Upon his beginning +accordingly to pitch his camp, however, a shot was fired which passed +close to him, and wounded his aid-de-camp in the leg, affording him a +convincing proof that their artillery could reach all over the small +island. It was, therefore, deemed necessary to remove the camp to +another position, and to blockade the mouth of the river to prevent +Limahon from escaping, until the Governor of Manila should determine, +whether he would have the works taken by assault, or that, by means of +a blockade, the Chinese should be starved into submission. Upon this +retreat of the Spaniards, Limahon collected the remaining <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb152" href="#pb152" name= +"pb152">152</a>]</span>fragments of the junks, which had been burnt, +and with these built some boats within the fort. Four months passed in +this manner, when, finding he had no other resource, Limahon opened a +canal to the river, and, in the night, escaped with all his people in +the small vessels he had constructed. To deceive the Spaniards, and +conquer the difficulties opposed to him in the mouth of the river, he +set fire to a few small vessels filled with combustibles, and, ordering +a false attack to be made on the guard, he, in the meantime, escaped; +and, without any obstruction, on the 3d of August 1575, prosecuted his +voyage. During these transactions between Juan de Salcedo and Limahon, +the Augustine friars held a chapter, and appointed priests in the towns +of Candaba and Macabebe, in the province of Pampanga, in Bizan, in the +province of Ylocos, and in the island of Negros. They were not +satisfied with the innumerable converts, they made in <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb153" href="#pb153" name= +"pb153">153</a>]</span>these islands, but they became desirous of +attempting the spiritual conquest of the empire of China. There was at +that time in Manila, a Chinese of the name of Aumon, who had been sent +by the viceroy of Fouquien, in search of Limahon, to promise him +pardon, on the part of the Emperor of China, if he would cease his +depredations. This Chinese had been to Pangasinan, and told Juan de +Salcedo, that he wished to see the pirate; but as Salcedo distrusted +the nature of his mission, Aumon deemed it prudent to return to Manila, +where he paid his court so well to the Governor, that he delivered him +up fifty captives which had been taken from Limahon. Aumon was now +desirous of returning to China, and the Augustine friars conceived this +would be a good opportunity, to attempt an establishment there. With +this view they endeavoured to persuade him, to take two friars under +his protection, which request the Governor seconded; and, as +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb154" href="#pb154" name= +"pb154">154</a>]</span>the news of Salcedo's success against Limahon +had, by this time, reached them, Aumon determined to comply with the +request. The friars Martin de Rada, and Geronimo Marin, were nominated +for this undertaking, and, at the same time, as ambassadors from the +Governor, were the bearers of a letter to the Viceroy of Fouquien, and +another to the Emperor, which they were ordered to deliver to the +Viceroy, as their directions were not to proceed beyond that point. But +as it was intended, that these religious should remain in the province +of Fouquien, to propagate the Christian faith, two Spaniards were sent +to bring back the answer to the embassy. They left Manila on the 2d of +July 1575, and before they returned, the new Governor of these islands +arrived. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155" name= +"pb155">155</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch8" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e990" class="label">CHAPTER VIII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1575.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Administration of Don Francisco La Sande, +second Governor of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Doctor Don Francisco La Sande, born at Caceres in +Estremadura, and Oidor of Mexico, took possession of this government on +the 24th of August 1575. He instituted an inquiry into the conduct of +his predecessor, and acquitted him of any misapplication of his +authority. At the commencement of La Sande's government, the embassy +returned from China, and proved to have had a favourable issue, as the +Viceroy of Fouquien received them with great respect; and although he +could not permit the friars to remain in the province, as he had no +orders to that effect, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href= +"#pb156" name="pb156">156</a>]</span>he forwarded the letter, which the +Governor of Manila had written to the Emperor of China, contributing +all in his power to second his views: and this fully appeared by the +answer, which the Chinese brought in the month of February, the year +following, by which the Emperor appointed one port in his dominions, +for commercial intercourse with the Spaniards. The Chinese brought +considerable presents, which they would not deliver to the actual +Governor, but to Guido de Labexares, who, as Governor <i>ad +interim</i>, had despatched the embassy. This affront Don Francisco La +Sande felt so severely, that he behaved to them with great coolness, +and made them no presents when they returned. The unhandsome conduct of +the Governor, frustrated those expectations, which had been raised by +the defeat of Limahon, and the subsequent mission; by making a most +unfavourable impression on the minds of the Chinese, who discharged +their whole <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb157" href="#pb157" name= +"pb157">157</a>]</span>vengeance, on the heads of the two Augustine +friars. They landed them in the province of Zambales, scourged them +most cruelly, murdered, before their eyes, their interpreter and +slaves, and left them bound fast to trees; in which situation they must +have perished, had not, providentially, Morones been passing that way, +who released them, and cured their wounds.</p> +<p>This year, 1576, was unpropitious to the Spaniards in the +Philippines; for, independent of this disgrace, they had the misfortune +to lose Juan de Salcedo, who died on the 11th of March, and who had +been a second Pizarro, or Cortes, in this conquest. He was seized with +a fever while in Ylocos, and when in that state, visiting a mine in his +domains, he drank some cold water, which operated so powerfully on the +intestines, that he died in three hours. On the island of Catanduanes, +likewise, a party of Augustine missionaries was shipwrecked: this was a +public <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" href="#pb158" name= +"pb158">158</a>]</span>loss, and most severely felt, as, without the +labours of the religious, the military exploits of the Spaniards, would +have been of little avail, in securing the subjection of these +islands.</p> +<p>This loss was repaired the following year, by the arrival of some +more friars, and seventeen Franciscans, whom the Augustines received in +their convents, and assigning to them the ecclesiastical authority over +a number of towns, the Franciscans began their labours with +indefatigable zeal.</p> +<p>About this time, Queen Elizabeth of England, sent the famous Drake +with a considerable squadron, for the purpose of subduing the Moluccas. +In passing the Straits of Magellan, he lost several of his ships; but +he pursued his course in his own ship, committing many acts of +hostility on the voyage, and giving a name to several islands which he +discovered, such as St. Bartholomew, St. James, and New <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href="#pb159" name= +"pb159">159</a>]</span>Albion, a large island, where he was detained +six weeks. Arriving at Tidore, he began to gather cloves, without +permission from the King of the island, at which the latter took great +offence; but Drake having made him presents, he stipulated for the +assistance of their arms, in case he should require it, permitting the +English to establish factories for collecting cloves and nutmegs, and, +in token of his amity, sent a most superb ring to the Queen of England. +Richly laden with spices and Chinese merchandize, which he had captured +in several of our vessels, on their voyage to New Spain, Drake +proceeded on his return to England, where, after a variety of +disasters, he arrived, filling all Europe with admiration of the +valuable nature of his cargo. That strangers might not, by such means, +acquire a footing in the Moluccas and neighbouring islands, the +Governor sent an expedition against the island of Borneo, which, by the +following circumstances, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb160" href= +"#pb160" name="pb160">160</a>]</span>became a matter of easy conquest. +Sirela, King of Borneo, had come to Manila, to solicit the assistance +of the Spaniards, in the recovery of his kingdom, of which he had been +unjustly deprived by his brother; and he promised, in the event of his +success, that the whole of this large island, should become tributary +to Spain. Don Francisco La Sande, conceiving this a most desirable +object, and that it would necessarily lead to the conquest of all the +Archipelago of Maluco, determined to go in person, that he might not +lose the favourable opportunity, which now presented itself, by +replacing Sirela in the possession of his kingdom.</p> +<p>He sailed from Manila in thirty vessels, with a large body of +Spaniards and friendly Indians, and arrived safely at Borneo. Having +entered the river, he proceeded along it, until he arrived at the +residence of the usurper, upon which he immediately directed his +artillery. The King, however, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb161" +href="#pb161" name="pb161">161</a>]</span>with his troops, gallantly +attacked the Spaniards, but in a short time, fled in great disorder, +and took refuge in the mountains. The Governor placed his deposed +brother on the throne, and returned to Manila, where he planned several +other expeditions. He sent a squadron to Jolo and Mindanao, which +reduced these two islands, and compelled them to pay the customary +tribute to the King of Spain; but from the great distance they were at +from Manila, and the very limited number of clergy then in the seat of +government, a sufficiency could not be spared, for the purpose of +converting the natives to Christianity, during the short time these +islands were held. He completed the conquest of the province of +Camarines by means of Captain Chaves, who founded the city of Nueva +Caceres, close to the town of Naga. The Augustine friars began their +spiritual conquest, but finding their number unequal to the task, of +duly attending the undertaking, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" +href="#pb162" name="pb162">162</a>]</span>they called in to their +assistance the Franciscans, to whom eventually they ceded this +district.</p> +<p>Towards the close of La Lande's government, an unpleasant +disagreement arose between the clergy and laity. The factors had +introduced into their respective districts, several abuses, which the +clergy would not countenance. Certain services were required of the +Indians, beyond the stipulated rents, which were extremely vexatious, +and which little accorded with the Christian character. The friars +began by preaching against these abuses, but this had little effect, +and in the end, so many complaints were made, that it reached the ears +of the King (Philip the Second), who issued an order, in which he +reproved the conduct of the factors, and enjoined them, to pay strict +obedience to the instructions they had received, to confine their +imposts to the stipulated rents alone. The Governor gave every aid to +the order of his Majesty, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163" href= +"#pb163" name="pb163">163</a>]</span>making regulations, by which the +Indians might be secured against such encroachments in future. This, in +some respect, abated the gathering storm, but tranquillity was never +completely restored, as the avarice of the factors set at defiance all +laws, human and divine. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb164" href= +"#pb164" name="pb164">164</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch9" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1031" class="label">CHAPTER IX.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1580.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Ronquillo de Penalosa, +third Governor of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">In April 1580, Don Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa +arrived at the port of Cavite, as Governor of Manila. He was a nephew +of the famous Judge Ronquillo, who hanged the Bishop of Zamora. He +brought to his predecessor, the appointment of Oidor of Mexico, with +orders for him to sail by the first ship, destined for Acapulco. On his +taking possession of his government, his first step was, to mark out +the Chinese quarter of the town, under the guns of the fort of +Santiago, on the other side of the river. He sent Captain Rivera to +Borneo, again to re-establish on his throne the legitimate King Sirela, +who had a second <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb165" href="#pb165" +name="pb165">165</a>]</span>time been deprived of it by his brother, +with the assistance of a Portuguese Captain, of the name of Brito. +Rivera executed his commission without delay, and returned to Manila, +after having placed Sirela in peaceable possession of his kingdom. This +was judged to be the fittest opportunity, for bringing the Moluccas +under the Spanish dominion, and the Governor began to make preparations +for the enterprize, for, in addition to the customary enmity between +the courts of Portugal and Castile, he had received positive +instructions from Philip the Second, to effect this object. +Circumstances, however, compelled him to postpone it till the year +following, as several matters of consequence, in these islands, +required his presence, particularly in the province of Cagayan, where a +Japanese pirate had established himself, with a great many followers +and vessels. Pablo Carrion dislodged the Japanese, but not without +great loss on the side of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb166" +href="#pb166" name="pb166">166</a>]</span>Spaniards, as the former, +rather than be taken prisoners, preferred dying bravely, with arms in +their hands. The pirate thus dislodged, the Governor founded the city +of Nueva Segovia, close to the Indian town of Lalo, and the city of +Arivalo, in the island of Panay, in memory of his native province.</p> +<p>The year following, 1582, an expedition sailed to the Moluccas, +commanded by Don Sebastian Ronquillo, a nephew of the Governor, who +took with him Pablo de Lima, married to a niece of the King of Tidore, +and who, in her right, laid claim to several towns, of which she had +been unjustly deprived by the King of Ternate. De Lima was likewise +appointed Governor of Ternate, when it should be subdued by the +Spaniards, and all these considerations contributed, to induce him to +give every aid to this expedition. The squadron arrived at the island +of Motiel, and making an easy conquest of it, the natives recognized +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href="#pb167" name= +"pb167">167</a>]</span>Pablo de Lima as their chief. From this island, +the Spaniards proceeded on their voyage to Ternate, where the Indians +seemed determined, to throw every impediment in the way of their +disembarkation; but the resistance was of short duration, as the +Spaniards contrived to draw them into the interior, and to plant their +artillery against the town, without which expedient nothing could have +been done. They laid regular siege to the town, and were on the point +of taking it, when a disorder in the intestines began to rage among +them, which occasioned such mortality, that they were compelled to +break up their enterprize, and return to the Philippines. During these +transactions in Ternate, the Christians in Manila, found out new +objects for mutual hostility. Besides the provinces which I have +mentioned, which the Augustine friars had been the means of reducing to +obedience, they had distributed priests in Pangasinan, in Cagayan, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb168" href="#pb168" name= +"pb168">168</a>]</span>and in the two provinces of Misames and Caraga, +in the island of Mindanao, which are the only two in this large island, +acknowledging subjection to the Spaniards. The factor of Mindanao, +whose name was Blas de la Serna, treated the Indians with great +severity, and lived a scandalous life, highly prejudicial to the cause +of Christianity.</p> +<p>The friar whom the Augustines had placed there, admonished him +repeatedly to alter his course of life; but as his conduct became more +reprehensible every day, the friar, unable to bear it longer, was under +the necessity of excommunicating him. The factor, in revenge for (as he +termed it) his impudence, publicly beat him. At this time the Bishop of +Manila was Don Fr. Domingo de Salazar, who had arrived at Manila in +March, 1581, with two Jesuits, who were the first of the order in these +islands. On the 21st of December, he erected the church into a +cathedral, appointing <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb169" href= +"#pb169" name="pb169">169</a>]</span>proper prebends and dignitaries, +and forming municipal authorities for its due government. This nobleman +was highly attentive to the rights of the clergy. He took up the affair +with the factor very warmly, and did not relax in his exertions, until +he saw him at Manila undergo the punishment, imposed on him by the +sentence of the church, and which he had so well merited.</p> +<p>The whole body of factors being alarmed, and fearing this would be +much to their prejudice, persuaded the Governor, to withdraw from the +clergy, the Indians who had been given to them for their own service, +and that of the church. The Spaniards well inclined to the factors, +seconded this advice, and they, in conjunction, commenced a cruel +persecution against the Augustine and Franciscan friars. But Pedro de +Chaves, Amador de Arriaran, Juan de Morenos, Antonio Savedra, Miguel de +Lorca, Francisco de la Cueba, Esteban <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb170" href="#pb170" name="pb170">170</a>]</span>Rodrigueze de +Figueroa, and other factors, who had seen, of how much importance the +friars were, in the conquest and retention of these islands, came over +to their party, and defended them against the attack thus made on them, +proving satisfactorily, that without the assistance of the clergy, the +factors would never have received even their rents.</p> +<p>The Governor, Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, was deeply afflicted at those +disputes, so much at variance with his character, and with the anxiety +of his views, for the happiness and prosperity of these islands. His +whole mind, indeed, was occupied in the consideration, of what might +contribute to these ends, and to the aggrandizement of the Spanish +name; but unhappily persuading himself, that his honour was committed +by these dissensions, he became affected by a deep melancholy, to which +he was a prey during six months, and to which he fell a sacrifice in +the month of March, 1583, before <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb171" +href="#pb171" name="pb171">171</a>]</span>he completed his third year +as Governor. He was interred in the church of St. Augustine, and to do +him honour, more tapers than usual being burnt, the roof of the church +was set on fire, which in a few hours communicated so generally, that +the greater part of the city was destroyed, with immense loss of lives +and property.</p> +<p>By the death of Don Gonzalo, his kinsman, Don Diego Ronquillo, +succeeded as Governor <i>ad interim</i>, being nominated as such in the +royal order. The new Governor directed all his attention, to the +rebuilding of the city, assisting personally in the public works, and +paying particular attention, to the restoration of the houses, +belonging to the inhabitants. Such diligence was used, that in a short +time, the city was completely re-established. Many of the inhabitants, +lost almost all their property in this fire; and the disaster, though +of sufficient magnitude, was swelled into a <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb172" href="#pb172" name="pb172">172</a>]</span>most +dreadful picture, by the ship going to Acapulco, but which had been +forced by stress of weather into China. It is inconceivable, in what +consternation, the inhabitants of the islands in the neighbourhood of +Manila, arrived to their assistance. Don Diego Ronquillo immediately +sent to China the factor of the royal works, Juan <span class="corr" +id="xd19e1070" title="Source: Butista">Bautista</span> Roman, with +orders to chastise those, who had been the cause of spreading this +report, and to despatch, at any expense, a ship to New Spain, with a +true statement of the extent of the mischief. The factor performed his +commission with such efficacy, that the ship he despatched, returned +the year following from Acapulco, in company with another; and in these +ships came the new Governor and the Royal Audience. The government of +Don Diego had lasted only one year, but, though short, it was of great +importance to the settlement.</p> +<p>He reduced to obedience in the island <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb173" href="#pb173" name="pb173">173</a>]</span>of Layte, and the +province of Pangasinan, some towns which refused to pay the usual +tribute, and he effectually suppressed symptoms of sedition in the +other provinces, and which took their rise in the ill treatment of the +factors. The factors entertained the idea, that the Indians whom they +had found on their lands, ought to be considered in the light of slaves +in every respect, and compelled them to work, appropriating all the +wages of their labour to their own use, by which means they enjoyed all +the luxuries of life, and even accumulated fortunes. To such a height +had these abuses been raised, that a reform was absolutely necessary. +The Governor bestowed particular attention on this subject, punishing +those who were culpable, and watching over the general good. The result +of this was, that many Indians who before had fled to the mountains, +returned to the towns, and paid the tribute settled <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb174" href="#pb174" name="pb174">174</a>]</span>by +the government, either in silver, or in the produce of the land they +cultivated. By these desirable arrangements, the royal revenue was +improved, and the interest of the factors so much injured by their own +avarice, that from hence arose the proverb, “Avarice bursts the +sack.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175" name= +"pb175">175</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch10" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1081" class="label">CHAPTER X.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1584.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Santiago de Vera, fourth +Governor of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The Governor, Don Gonzalo Ronquillo, had sent to +Madrid Captain Gabriel Rivera, to solicit several objects, necessary to +the general welfare of these islands, and in particular, that a Royal +Audience should be established there, as it was extremely +disadvantageous and embarrassing, to be obliged to have recourse to +that of Mexico.</p> +<p>The King granted this request, and sent Don Santiago de Vera, of +Alcala de Henares, as Governor and President of the Royal Audience; and +Don Melchor de Avalos, and Don Pedro de Rosas, as oidores of it. The +third oidor, Don Antonio Rivera, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176" +href="#pb176" name="pb176">176</a>]</span>arrived two years afterwards. +Don Gaspar de Ayala was nominated fiscal. Don Santiago took possession +of his government May, 1584, and immediately formed the Royal Audience, +bearing the royal signet with much ostentation, under a canopy, from +the convent of St. Augustine, to the palace. The Chancellor was Gabriel +de Rivera, who arrived this year, with the title of Mariscal of the +lake of Bombon. Immediately that Don Santiago took possession of his +government, he put in force the orders which he had received from the +King, to chastise those factors, who had abused the authority, they +derived from the possession of the lands granted them. He began, by +dispossessing Bartoleme de Ledesma, factor of Abuyo, and others the +most culpable, punishing the rest in proportion to their +irregularities, after full conviction of their delinquency.</p> +<p>In the following year, 1585, he sent Juan de Morones and Pablo de +Lima, with a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb177" href="#pb177" name= +"pb177">177</a>]</span>powerful squadron, to reduce the Moluccas under +the Spanish dominion, but it returned to Manila with similar disgrace +to the preceding one, without being able to take possession of the +fortifications of Ternate. The Governor was much chagrined at the ill +success of this expedition, and was desirous of repeating the attempt, +conformable to the positive instructions received from the King to that +effect; but he was not able to execute it, as the troops from New Spain +had not arrived, and, independent of this, the insurrections of the +Indians were of too formidable a nature, for they lost no opportunity +which presented itself of breaking the yoke of the Spaniards. Those of +Pampangos and Manila entered into a conspiracy with the Moors of +Borneo, who had ostensibly come there for the purpose of traffic. They +formed the plan of traitorously entering the town in the night, setting +fire to it, and killing in the confusion all the Spaniards. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178" name= +"pb178">178</a>]</span>This conspiracy was discovered by a female +Indian, married to a Spanish soldier. The Governor checked it in its +commencement, imprisoning many, and severely punishing others by way of +example. The islands of Samar, Ybabao, and Leyte, were likewise far +from being in a state of tranquillity, and the factor of Dagami, a town +of Leyte, had nearly lost his life by the Indians, in the collection of +the tribute paid in wax, and which he had attempted to levy by a +measure, containing double the usual quantity. This compelled him to +fly for safety to the mountains, and he passed from thence in a boat to +the island of Zebu. The Governor sent Captain Lorenzo de la Mota to +quell these disturbances, which he soon did by promising to punish the +delinquent.</p> +<p>Among the calamities which happened during this government, the loss +of the ship Santa Anna was not the least; she was on her way, richly +laden, to Acapulco, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179" href= +"#pb179" name="pb179">179</a>]</span>was taken by the English. +Cavendish, an English pirate, emulous of the fame of Drake, having +equipped five ships, with the assistance of Queen Elizabeth, took his +departure for this quarter of the world; and having committed many acts +of hostility on the coasts of Brazil and Peru, he arrived at Molucca, +where he procured every information respecting the produce of the +Philippines, and the rich cargoes which every year were sent from these +islands to Acapulco. Well instructed, likewise, in the tract observed +by our galleons, he sailed for the coast of California, to lie in wait +for the annual ship destined for New Spain. In due time the Santa Anna, +as is customary, made her appearance on that coast, in prosecution of +her voyage to Acapulco, and fell into the hands of the English without +any resistance, being quite unprepared.</p> +<p>The English having made themselves masters of this valuable prize, +directed their <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href="#pb180" name= +"pb180">180</a>]</span>course to the Philippines, and arriving at the +island of Panay, where we had a ship in the dock of Yloylo, an attempt +was made to burn her, but it was rendered ineffectual by Captain +Lorenzo de Limas, who made a vigorous resistance, with such soldiers +and Indians, as he was able to collect in the province. Abandoning this +object, the English commander sent a letter to the Governor, to apprize +him of the capture he had made of the Santa Anna, and to inform him he +should return frequently to those seas. He departed from Panay for the +Cape of Good Hope, from whence he sailed for England, and arrived laden +with such riches, that his name became more renowned than ever was that +of Francis Drake.</p> +<p>In the year 1589 no ship was despatched to New Spain; for two which +had been equipped for this voyage, were lost in the port of Cavite in a +dreadful storm, which happened on St. Peter's Day. About the +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb181" href="#pb181" name= +"pb181">181</a>]</span>same time many insurrections of the Indians took +place, and in particular, those of Cagayan, who were always very +troublesome, murdered many Spaniards. Those likewise, in the valley of +Dingras, in the province of Ylocos, resisted the collections of +tribute, and murdered six people from the city of Fernandina, who were +travelling through their towns. Don Santiago quelled these tumults, and +restored tranquillity, by duly mingling punishment with clemency. He +likewise constructed a strong fort of stone, where the royal gate now +stands; he removed to Manila the foundery which was hitherto in Santa +Anna; and cast some artillery, with the assistance of an Indian of +Pampango. He founded an hospital for the Spaniards: but the principal +mover of this pious act was Don Luis de Vivanco, who, jointly with his +wife, endowed it, and appropriated it to the reception and cure of the +sick. The Governor divided several portions of land among those +soldiers <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb182" href="#pb182" name= +"pb182">182</a>]</span>and sailors who deserved it most, and conducted +himself in the exercise of his authority, so much to the general +satisfaction, that his character as an excellent Governor was +established by the declaration of the licentiate Herber del Corral, who +was chief judge on the occasion of passing his trial of approbation. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb183" href="#pb183" name= +"pb183">183</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch11" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1117" class="label">CHAPTER XI.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1590.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Gomez Perez +Dasmariñas, the fifth Governor of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The clergy of Manila about this period, sent to the +court of Madrid and Rome the Friar Sanches, a Jesuit, under the +pretence of soliciting some objects, for the spiritual as well as +temporal welfare of these islands. Arriving at Madrid, he petitioned +that the Royal Audience should be removed, and that Gomez Perez +Dasmariñas, a noble Galician knight of the order of Santiago, +Corregidor of Logrono, should be sent as Governor. This nobleman +arrived at Manila in May 1590, in one of the two ships which the +Viceroy of Mexico had despatched, and in which he had sent four +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb184" href="#pb184" name= +"pb184">184</a>]</span>hundred troops, a supply, by this time highly +requisite in the islands. The other ship which accompanied her struck +on a shoal, close in with the land of Maranduque, and was lost, but all +the people were saved. The King gave the new Governor, as a salary, ten +thousand Castile ducats out of the royal revenue of New Spain, and +which was remitted annually to the Philippines.</p> +<p>He brought an order that the proceedings of the Royal Audience +should be suspended; and in performance of this, the year following, +the Oidores composing it embarked for Mexico; the Oidor Roxas alone +remaining, as the <i>ad interim</i> successor of the Governor. The +Bishop, who had some disagreement with the Governor, feeling the +importance of the Royal Audience, as the only tribunal capable of +curbing the power of the Governor, and persuading himself it was not +safe, to trust in the hands of one man, the uncontrolled <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb185" href="#pb185" name= +"pb185">185</a>]</span>exercise of authority, in a country so remote +from the seat of government, it was his intention to proceed to New +Spain, with a view to procure the re-establishment of the Royal +Audience in Manila, and on various, affairs of his bishopric. The +Governor, that he might not effect his purpose, would not allow him to +embark with the Oidores; and the Bishop in the mean time contented +himself, with giving full powers and instructions to the Augustine +Friar Ortiga, who was going to Madrid, to appear to any allegations +which might be preferred against him. In the short time this government +lasted, great undertakings were performed; such as building a wall of +stone round Manila, erecting the fort of Santiago, and furnishing it +with good artillery. The royal magazines in Manila and Cavite were +built; and the asylum of Santa Potenciana was erected for the +maintenance, at the cost of the state, of a certain number of young +persons, daughters of deceased <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" +href="#pb186" name="pb186">186</a>]</span>military officers, until they +should be married. The Governor established among the different +religious orders, a salutary ecclesiastical control over the Indians, +assigning to each order their different towns and provinces, and +converting the colony into a complete republic; supplying every defect +in the government; and putting the whole in a respectable state of +defence, by means of his four hundred regular soldiers, divided into +detachments.</p> +<p>Among the natives of many adjacent islands which traded with Manila, +those of Japan, in particular, brought the richest merchandize for the +consumption of the colony, and for the commerce with Acapulco. A keen +and able man of this nation, named Faranda Kicmon, who had renegaded +from the faith, persuaded Taycosama, Emperor of Japan, to send an +embassy to Manila; and promised him, that if he would give him the +commission, he would procure him to be acknowledged <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb187" href="#pb187" name="pb187">187</a>]</span>King +of Manila, and that a regular and lucrative commerce, might be +established between the two nations. The Emperor gave credit to his +representations, and despatched him with letters to the Governor, +claiming the vassalage of the Philippines. The Governor received this +embassy, and replied to it immediately, without bringing into question +the point of vassalage, by proposing to establish a commercial +intercourse; sending for this purpose, the Franciscan Friars Pedro +Bautista, Francisco de San Miguel, Bartholome, and Gerardo de San +Miguel, who likewise had determined to avail themselves of this +opportunity, to establish themselves in that kingdom to preach the +gospel: he likewise sent with them a Portuguese of the name of +Carvallo, and they bore a handsome present to the Emperor. +Notwithstanding many malicious falsehoods which Faranda had circulated, +Taycosama received the friars with much courtesy, and granted +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb188" href="#pb188" name= +"pb188">188</a>]</span>them permission to remain in his kingdom, +treating them with much respect in the first instance, although, at a +subsequent period, he murdered them. About this time ambassadors from +the King of Camboa arrived, with two elephants, as a present to the +Governor; and endeavoured to engage him, to grant them assistance +against the King of Siam, who had commenced hostilities against them. +The Governor answered the King of Camboa with another present, giving +them great hopes, but evading immediate assistance, on the plea that +his projected expedition to the Moluccas, required all his resources, +however desirous he was of giving the aid they demanded.</p> +<p>That this expedition might not turn out as the former had done, +Gomez Perez Dasmariñas determined to accompany it in person. He +sailed from Cavite on the 19th of October 1593, and arriving off +Santiago, encountered a strong gale from <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb189" href="#pb189" name="pb189">189</a>]</span>the eastward, and the +whole of the fleet was separated, his own ship alone remaining: this +compelled him to anchor at Brimstone Cape, to effect which he was +obliged to have recourse to his boats, on account of the great variety +of currents. The Chinese, to the number of one hundred and fifty, +though able to pull at the oar, assisted but very little; and the +Governor abused them for the little exertion they made. These people +resented this ill-treatment; and considering themselves as superior in +force to the few Spaniards in the ship, conceived the design of +murdering them the same evening. Whilst the Spaniards took their siesta +(or afternoon nap), little dreaming of the designs of the Chinese, the +latter commenced their carnage by killing the Governor, and all those +who were not able to effect their escape in the launch, or by swimming, +sparing only Friar Montilla, a Franciscan, and Juan de Cuellar, +secretary to the Governor, whom <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb190" +href="#pb190" name="pb190">190</a>]</span>they took with them. After +this massacre they sailed for China, and passing by Ylocos, they +entered the port of Sinay to water, where the Indians fell on them, and +killed twenty of their number. The following day they disembarked in +another port; and actuated by superstitious motives, sacrificed one of +the native converts, in revenge for the slaughter the Indians had made +the day before, and by which sacrifice, they expected to propitiate +their gods in favour of their voyage. They tied him to a cross, and +opening his chest, took out his heart, which they offered to their +idols. They then made sail, and coasted for several days: they resolved +to set on shore Friar Montilla, Secretary Cuellar, and those Philippine +Indians who had been their shipmates. They then proceeded to Cochin +China, where, in the end, they received the punishment due to their +crimes.</p> +<p>On the death of the Governor, the Licentiate <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href="#pb191" name= +"pb191">191</a>]</span>Rosas succeeded to the Command, and immediately +despatched two ships in search of the Chinese, under the command of Don +Juan Ronquillo. They made enquiry in several ports; but not being able +to gain information respecting their route, they returned without +effecting their object. That they might not, however, remain without +punishment for such atrocious crimes, and supposing that the Chinese +might have taken shelter in the province of Chancheo in China, of which +they were natives, he sent Don Fernando de Castro, to solicit of the +Viceroy of that province, due satisfaction against the aggressors. +Unable, however, to reach that destination, he was, by the +interposition of divine Providence, compelled to bear away for Cochin +China, where, on his arrival, he found the murderers had retired. He +communicated his business to the King, and the whole of them were +imprisoned and executed. Some of those, likewise, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb192" href="#pb192" name="pb192">192</a>]</span>whom +the Portuguese Governor of Molucca, had sent on the expedition with the +Chinese, were hanged in Manila. The whole, however, affording small +consolation for the melancholy catastrophe which had taken place.</p> +<p>Forty days after the death of the Governor, Friar Montilla and +Secretary Cuellar arrived at Manila, after having suffered many severe +hardships, and being brought out for death repeatedly, whilst they were +with the Chinese. The deceased Governor had given in charge to these +gentlemen a trunk, to be delivered to his son Luis Perez +Dasmariñas; and on opening it, papers of great importance were +found: among the rest, a royal order, by which he had the power to +nominate his successor, in virtue of which he named his own son Luis. +At first Luis found some difficulty in being acknowledged as such, the +Licentiate Roxas being firmly seated; and unwilling to deliver up his +authority, for <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb193" href="#pb193" name= +"pb193">193</a>]</span>which he had begun to entertain a great +attachment; he, however, on the 3d of December, in the same year, left +Luis in quiet possession.</p> +<p>The new Governor was desirous of sending another expedition to +Molucca, but desisted from it at that time from prudential motives. It +was fortunate that he formed this resolution, as in this case, Manila +would have been left with only a few troops, and exposed to another +attack from the Chinese, on whom little reliance could be placed. +Indeed, there was reason to suspect they had something of that nature +in contemplation, as many junks about this time arrived with Mandarins +in them, and the cause of their appearance was never ascertained. They +landed very frequently, and visited the Governor, but did not attempt +any thing, nor could he comprehend their object; most fortunately, +however, at this moment, arrived the two <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb194" href="#pb194" name="pb194">194</a>]</span>ships which sailed +this year from Acapulco, bringing a sufficient force with them, to +resist enemies more powerful than the Chinese.</p> +<p>Our historians have, with great minuteness, stated the losses and +arrivals of the ships which are sent to New Spain, on account of their +being so interesting to these islands, which depend upon them for their +subsistence, and, of course, their loss or arrival occasions a very +general sensation. There is no reason to think, that these misfortunes +are to be attributed to the difficulty of the passage, nor to stormy +weather, so much as to the ignorance of the pilots, who are chosen +without examination as to their nautical skill, the bad construction of +the ships, their sailing out of season, and too heavily laden. These +are, unquestionably, the principal causes of their failure; and it is a +pity it is not remedied, for it is with justice affirmed, that +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" href="#pb195" name= +"pb195">195</a>]</span>the avarice and knavery of some rich people, +have buried in the ocean many millions of dollars.</p> +<p>In the year following, the same two vessels again made this voyage, +and Señor Morga came in one, as successor to the late Governor, +but this nobleman was afterwards promoted to be Oidor of Mexico, where +he wrote the history of the Philippines. There came likewise in these +ships, a sufficient number of troops, sent by the Viceroy of Mexico. +Don Luis Dasmariñas was now, therefore, enabled to give the King +of Camboxa that relief which his father had promised. He likewise +despatched an expedition to the island of Mindanao; and he quelled an +insurrection in some of the provincial towns which had revolted, and +refused to pay the tribute, particularly those in Cagayan and Zambales. +He did many praiseworthy actions, and governed with more approbation +than his father, possessing greater abilities, at <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href="#pb196" name="pb196">196</a>]</span>the +same time that he was more affable to all.</p> +<p>In the month of February 1596, the flag ship of the squadron of +Alvaro Mendana de Neyra arrived at Cavite. He had sailed from Callao, +the port of Lima, with four ships, to colonize the islands of Salmon; +and having begun his new settlement in the island of Negros, near New +Guinea, he died there, and his wife, Doña Isabela Barreto, at +the instigation of the people, left the colony, and came in his ship to +Manila. The Governor received her with great attention, and gave her +every assistance, to enable her to return to New Spain.</p> +<p>An important establishment was now founded here, called the Pious +Work of Mercy, which originated with a clergyman of the name of Losa, +and who, together with Captain Esquerra, an inhabitant of Manila, +employed themselves in collecting donations for this purpose; and +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb197" href="#pb197" name= +"pb197">197</a>]</span>their exertions were so successful, that they +were soon enabled to build the college of Santa Isabel, where many +female orphans are maintained, and on whom marriage portions are +bestowed. In emulation of this pious work, many others were endowed in +the convents, and in the cathedral. The projectors traded with their +funds to China, Batavia, the coast of Coromandel, and Acapulco, the +produce of which was destined to be employed in like manner as above, +in hospitals, dowers to orphan females, in ransoming children in +China<a href="#n20"><sup>20</sup></a>, and for masses for souls in +purgatory, reserving part of it for the annual increase of the funds of +these pious establishments, and to alleviate the distresses occasioned +by the losses of the annual ships, of which they thus became the +assurers to a certain extent. Such establishments may be useful to new +settlers, since the parties desirous of commercial pursuits, may, if +they possess any credit, be certain of meeting in <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb198" href="#pb198" name= +"pb198">198</a>]</span>these resources a capital with which they may +trade. I am not of opinion, however, that they are very useful to these +islands, generally speaking, because the rich merchants, who have +sufficient capital, employ it in objects attended with no risk, and in +their store-houses, and trade with that which they draw from this +charity, by which they escape the chance of loss. If there had not, +unfortunately we may say, been this resource, no doubt some mode would +have been resorted to, of insuring the Acapulco adventures, at less +than the pious foundations have been in the habit of contributing, and +which often exceeds fifty per cent., and never falls below twenty per +cent. Like all other adventures managed by a public body, there is +never such strict œconomy as when under the control of +individuals, whose interests are involved in the result. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href="#pb199" name="pb199">199</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch12" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1188" class="label">CHAPTER XII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1596.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Francisco Tello de +Gusman, the fourth Governor of Manila.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The news of the death of Dasmariñas, reached +Madrid through the medium of India, and immediately the King sent as +his successor Don Francisco Tello de Gusman, Knight of the order of +Santiago, born at Seville, who had been treasurer of the Indies. He +arrived at Manila the 1st of June 1596, and the following month +despatched the ship San Philip to Acapulco; but she encountered in her +voyage heavy gales, was dismasted, and lost her rudder, and having no +other resource, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200" +name="pb200">200</a>]</span>bore away for Japan, where the relief she +sought was denied, except on the condition of her entering the port of +Urando; in effecting which she touched on a sand bank, and made so much +water, that she was under the necessity of being unloaded. The +Governor, allured by the prospect of such rich booty, immediately +conceived the design of making himself master of the vessel and cargo, +and accordingly secured it in the royal store-houses, sending +information to the Emperor Taycosama, that the Captain having given a +false representation of the matter, he had proceeded against him +according to law, and had secured the whole of the property. By this +means he so warped the whole affair, that the cargo was condemned, and +a prosecution was commenced, in the progress of which those Franciscan +friars fell martyrs, who had come to this kingdom in quality of +ambassadors.</p> +<p>Taycosama named one of the four principal <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb201" href="#pb201" name= +"pb201">201</a>]</span>Governors of his kingdom, called Uximonoxo, to +take charge of the ship, in order that the cargo might be delivered up; +for our Captain, Don Mathias Landecho, had petitioned the Emperor, +sending two Spaniards and two friars, of those he had in the ship, with +a present worth twenty thousand dollars, to soften him, and, if +possible, to obtain justice. Upon their arrival at Meaco, the court of +the Emperor, they applied to the Franciscan friars, who, by their +experience in this city, they conceived, could procure a favourable +reception to their application. The Franciscans judged it better to +apply to Ximonoxo, another of the four Governors; but this crafty +Japanese, possessing more abilities than the friars, deceived the whole +of them, found means to make them deliver up the present of the Emperor +to him, offering to give them a letter to Uximonoxo, which they agreed +to, and acceded to his wish. The Spaniards returned <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb202" href="#pb202" name= +"pb202">202</a>]</span>quite content with this letter; but it was the +letter of Uriah, the Hittite, for immediately they delivered it, +Uximonoxo imprisoned them. When they found out the deceit, they sent +the Friar Guivara to Meaco, to procure their liberty from the other +Governors, and, with the assistance of the Franciscan friars, attempted +to get an audience of the Emperor, to explain to him the conduct of his +Governors; but Uximonoxo was too crafty for them, prejudicing the +Emperor against the friars, through the medium of the Bonzos, who are +priests of their idols, to whom he suggested the propriety of +complaining against them, because they propagated a new doctrine +against the gods, which must be prejudicial to the state.</p> +<p>Taycosama, who began to be desirous of keeping possession of the +merchandize of the wrecked vessel, imprisoned the Franciscan friars, on +pretence of their having preached the gospel of Christ against his +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" href="#pb203" name= +"pb203">203</a>]</span>command; and likewise pretended that they were +employed as spies by the Spaniards, and that, with these views, they +had quitted their own country. He now openly seized the property saved, +and condemned the friars to death. With them the following were +comprehended in this sentence; the Friars Pedro Bautista, Francisco +Blanco, Gonsalo Garçia, Francisco de San Miguel, Martin de la +Asumpcion, together with Phelipe de Jesus, who was going in that ship +to New Spain to be ordained, and had resided with his brethren since +his arrival in Japan. These six Franciscan friars, with three Japanese +Jesuits, and seventeen Japanese laymen, who professed Christianity, all +shared the same fate. They were paraded through the streets of Meaco, +with their left ears cut off, and then marched above two hundred +leagues into Nangasaqui, where they suffered martyrdom, by being placed +on crosses, and put to death with lances. This transaction took +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href="#pb204" name= +"pb204">204</a>]</span>place on the 5th of February 1597, in the +presence of Señor Martinez, a Jesuit Bishop, many other Jesuits +and Franciscan friars, and the Spaniards lately arrived in that ship, +and who returned to Manila, after suffering many hardships, and +certified what they had witnessed on this occasion.</p> +<p>Immediately on the death of these martyrs being made known in +Manila, the Governor sent two Spaniards and an Augustine friar, to +solicit their bodies, and complain to the Emperor of the ill treatment +which the Spaniards had experienced in regard to their ship, contrary +to the treaty which had been made with the government of Manila. They +likewise had instructions, to procure the establishment of commercial +regulations for the future; and to pave the way for these views, they +took with them a present of an elephant, an animal seldom seen in +Japan. Taycosama was delighted with this present, and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb205" href="#pb205" name="pb205">205</a>]</span>he +esteemed it the more, as it knelt three times in his presence, on a +certain signal being made to it. He received the ambassadors with great +cordiality, and pleaded the laws of the empire, in justification of the +conduct which had been observed, with regard to the ship and cargo; but +made a promise, for the second time, of protection to the commerce of +the Spaniards, assuring them that these vexations should never be +repeated, and despatched them with a present to the Governor, together +with the relicts of the martyred saints. The Spaniards had little +confidence in the duration of this good understanding, for Faranda +incessantly instigated the Emperor to commence hostilities on Manila, +promising to reduce the whole of the islands to his obedience. The four +Governors of the kingdom seconded the representations of Faranda, and +measures were adopted with the view of carrying them into effect by +collecting an armament; but the chief men of <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb206" href="#pb206" name="pb206">206</a>]</span>the +country, who considered Faranda as a despicable character, much +retarded this scheme. It was at first understood in Manila, that this +armament was directed against the island of Formosa, as the first step +towards the conquest of the Philippines. Our Governor took every +precaution, and among others, sent an embassy to Canton, as the Chinese +were the ancient enemies of the Japanese; and it was their interest to +prevent the latter from making this conquest: nothing of this, however, +was eventually necessary, as Taycosama died, and peace immediately +followed.</p> +<p>While this was passing in Japan, the two expeditions which Luis +Dasmariñas had sent to Camboxa and Mindanao were proceeding in +their operations; that which went to Camboxa began successfully, but it +was afterwards completely ruined by Major Juan Gallinato, and returned +to Manila without effecting any thing. Don Luis Dasmariñas +having pledged himself <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb207" href= +"#pb207" name="pb207">207</a>]</span>for the success of this +expedition, armed, at his own cost, two ships and a galiot, and with +the approbation of the Governor, left Manila for Camboxa, and in a +little time after arrived at China, at the port of Pinae, twelve +leagues distant from Canton, where he encountered the Governor of +Malacca, took him prisoner, and returned to Manila. His galiot arrived +at Cagayan, and proceeded on his voyage to Camboxa, where he found the +King re-established on his throne by the Portuguese, Cabos Diego +Belloso and Blas Ruiz. The other two Spanish ships also arrived there, +and an attempt was made to establish themselves in that kingdom; but +although the King seemed to desire it, they were compelled to abandon +the project, as it was opposed by his step-mother, and the Malays had +already freed themselves from the control of the Portuguese by the +murder of Belloso and Ruiz; indeed a few only had escaped, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb208" href="#pb208" name="pb208">208</a>]</span>with +Captain Juan de Mendoza in his ship.</p> +<p>In Mindanao, Captain Figueroa, who had the charge of this +expedition, and who bore, by the King's order, the title of Marquis of +what he might conquer, arrived at Buhayen, where the Moors had some +fortifications, from whence he retired to the kingdom of Tamoncaca, +whose King was in amity with the Spaniards. The Señor Salazar +having come out about this time to see the Royal Audience +re-established, the ecclesiastical establishment was likewise arranged, +the first Archbishop being the Señor himself. He, however, +scarcely enjoyed his dignity three months, as, in August in the same +year, he died of a dysentery. There had come with him Friar Pedro de +Agurto, of the order of St. Augustine, first Bishop of Zebu, and +Señor Benevides, of the order of the Dominicans, first Bishop of +New Segovia. In the same <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209" href= +"#pb209" name="pb209">209</a>]</span>year the Oidores arrived, who were +to form the Royal Audience, the President of it being the Governor. The +chief Oidor was Morga, nominated as successor <i>ad interim</i> to the +Governor. The others were Don Christoval Telles Almanza, Alvaro +Zambrano, and Geronimo de Salazar. In eight days after their arrival, +the Royal seal being carried with much pomp to the cathedral, and from +thence to the palace, the Royal Audience was, by this ceremony, +considered as fully established.</p> +<p>In the garrison of Caldera, Juan Pacho had remained as Governor, and +being of an active disposition, he attempted to reduce the natives of +Jolo, on which island he landed immediately after a storm of rain, and +attacking them, was killed, with the greater part of his people. The +residue retreated to Caldera; but in consequence of this defeat, the +natives of Jolo and of Mindanao, with fifty Caracoas, invaded the +islands of Zebu, Negros, and Panay, <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb210" href="#pb210" name="pb210">210</a>]</span>pillaging and burning +the towns, and making many prisoners. In the following year, 1590, they +repeated the attack, and the natives retiring to the mountains, refused +to quit them again, as the Spaniards were unable to protect them. Those +in particular of the island of Panay were most pertinacious, and would +not come near the town, as one of their priestesses had asserted, that +the Spaniards were in league with the Moors, and had been the cause of +these hostilities for years back. It cost the friars a great deal of +trouble, to eradicate the effects of the impression, made by this means +on the minds of the Indians, but at length they succeeded, and the +towns were re-occupied.</p> +<p>To chastise these insults of the Moors, the Governor sent Juan +Gallinato, with two hundred Spaniards, to Jolo; but after making an +attempt to possess himself of a fort, which the King of Jolo had on a +lofty hill, he returned to Manila, without <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb211" href="#pb211" name= +"pb211">211</a>]</span>having effected any thing of consequence.</p> +<p>From that time to the present, the Moors have not ceased to infest +our colonies. It is incredible what a number of Indians they have made +prisoners, what towns they have plundered, what villages they have +annihilated, and what ships they have taken. I am inclined to think, +that Providence permits this as a punishment on the Spaniards, for +delaying the conquest for no less a period than two hundred +years<a href="#n21"><sup>21</sup></a>, notwithstanding the expeditions +and fleets, that have almost annually been sent to attempt it. On the +first arrival of the Spaniards in those seas, they conquered, in a +short time, all the Philippines, excepting the small island of Jolo, +part of Mindanao, and a few other very insignificant islands near them, +which, to this period, have not submitted. These Moorish Indians are +certainly very valiant, and their enmity has been drawn upon us +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href="#pb212" name= +"pb212">212</a>]</span>by our own conduct; for instead of following the +laudable example of the first settlers in these islands, who brought +the natives under subjection, principally by the mild interference of +the friars, it seems, of late years, to have been the object of the +Spaniards, since the great increase of the lucrative commerce of +Manila, to acquire, by oppression and force, lands and establishments +on these islands, without any view to conciliate the natives. Those, +therefore, who have been sent on different occasions to reduce the +country, have, instead of attending to the object of their mission, +been solicitous only to serve their own purposes, considering that as a +primary, which ought to have been a secondary object; and the natives +profiting by constant experience in warfare, during which they +discovered that the Spaniards were mortal like themselves, have at last +become very formidable. There can be no doubt these Indians may be +reduced by <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href="#pb213" name= +"pb213">213</a>]</span>the same means employed with the others, that +is, by sending missionaries amongst them, and a sufficient number of +Spanish stations might be established, to command respect. These +garrisons ought to be independent of the Governor of Manila, and ought +to have a chief, who should reside there, directing his whole attention +to the improvement of the settlement, by the extension in the country +of the Spanish influence, by temperate measures.</p> +<p>As the matter is now ordered, these appointments are made with no +other view than to enrich, by any means, the individuals sent there as +Governors. Such, too, is the situation of the Governors of Zamboanga +and Marianas; who appropriate to their own use all the revenue sent by +his Majesty's Governors for public purposes, and then return to Manila, +leaving the colonies as poor and miserable as the first day they were +established.</p> +<p>In October 1600, two Dutch pirates <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb214" href="#pb214" name="pb214">214</a>]</span>took their station at +the entrance of Marivelez, waiting for the ship Saint Thomas, which was +expected to return from New Spain about this time. The Governor sent +against them the Oydor Morga with two galleons, an English patache +which had come from Malacca, a galiot, and other small vessels. On the +12th of December an engagement took place, when Morga took one ship, +and the other fled, very much disabled; but he was incapable of +pursuing his advantage, for his ship had suffered so much that she +foundered, and fifty of the crew were drowned, the rest being saved on +the island of Fortune. The ship which he had taken from the Dutch had +on board twenty-five men, whom the Governor ordered to be hanged, as a +warning to other pirates. During this year, two ships sailed for +Acapulco; one was lost on the island of Catanduanes, but all the people +were saved; the other took shelter in one of the Marianas, where she +was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb215" href="#pb215" name= +"pb215">215</a>]</span>seized by the Indians, who murdered most of the +Spaniards, reserving only a few, whom the ship Saint Thomas rescued on +her return to New Spain; but the various disasters which had befallen +Manila during this government, were far surpassed by a terrible +earthquake, in which many houses, and the church of the Jesuits, were +destroyed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb216" href="#pb216" name= +"pb216">216</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch13" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1260" class="label">CHAPTER XIII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1602.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Pedro de +Acuña.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">In May 1602, four ships from New Spain arrived at +Cavite, in one of which came the new Governor, Don Pedro Brabo de +Acuña, Knight of the order of San Juan, and who had been +Governor of Carthagena. In passing by the Marianas, he had the good +fortune to rescue twenty-five Spaniards, who had been shipwrecked in +the St. Margarita. Immediately on taking possession of his government, +he gave audience to the ambassadors of Dayfusama, Emperor of Japan, who +had succeeded to the kingdom, on the death of Taycosama, and requested +that the commerce with his kingdom might be continued; and that +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb217" href="#pb217" name= +"pb217">217</a>]</span>shipwrights might be sent from Manila to build +vessels for him. Without touching on this last subject, the Governor +dismissed the Japanese with a magnificent present, which was all lost, +as they were shipwrecked on the island of Formosa. With these +ambassadors, friars from all the orders in Manila entreated the +Governor to be allowed to proceed to Japan, in order to make converts, +even at the risk of martyrdom. These good dispositions and intentions +the Governor encouraged, and by his assistance, they were able to +establish themselves in that kingdom, where in a short time they +founded several convents. In 1603, the Augustine friars already +possessed one, and the Captain of the ship Espiritu Santo, who put in +there in distress, applied to the friars, requesting them to interest +themselves with the Emperor, as the Japanese, conformable to their +regulations, would not permit the ship to remain. Dayfusama received +the application with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb218" href="#pb218" +name="pb218">218</a>]</span>courtesy, and punished those who had been +the cause of it, sending the Spaniards who had accompanied the friars +back to Manila, with great honours, giving at the same time strict +orders, that all Spanish vessels arriving in future, in his ports, +should be treated as friends; the ship, however, in the meantime had +made her escape, fearing the same ill success, as had attended a +similar application to Taycosama.</p> +<p>A short time after the arrival of Acuña, he made a voyage +through the Bisayas (or Islas de Pintados), to inspect the garrisons, +and to make preparations for an expedition, which he intended against +the Moluccas; and whilst he was employed in building the fort of +Yloylo, the Moors took the opportunity offered by his absence, of +seizing all the ships they met with, burning the towns, and +endeavouring to take possession of Balayan; but the Alcalde Mayor of +the province opposed them; and upon receiving assistance from +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb219" href="#pb219" name= +"pb219">219</a>]</span>Manila, pursued them to a desert island, off +which he fell in with the Governor on his return to the capital. Orders +were issued to attack them; but the Moors making all the sail they +could, he was able only to take two, and sink five others, out of +seventy vessels, of which their force consisted. On his arrival at +Manila, the Governor received the melancholy intelligence of the death +of Señor Tello, his deputy, who had discharged his trust with +great zeal and probity. He was buried in the church of St. Augustine, +to which he had left considerable donations. Soon after this a great +fire happened in Manila, which burnt two hundred and fifty houses, the +convent of St. Domingo, and the hospital for the reception of the +Spaniards.</p> +<p>In May 1603, three Chinese Mandarins arrived, on the extraordinary +mission of discovering, whether the port of Cavite was composed of +gold, as a Chinese, called Tiongon, had reported to his Emperor, by +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href="#pb220" name= +"pb220">220</a>]</span>whom he was imprisoned, until the truth of his +assertion should be ascertained, this man having promised to conquer it +or lose his life. It was believed that this was a mere stratagem, to +reconnoitre the country, as it was understood, that the Emperor +intended to land an hundred thousand men, in the following December, +with the view of becoming master, of the whole of the Spanish +possessions. The Governor treated these Mandarins, with the most +flattering distinction, shewed them the island of Cavite, and +undeceived them in regard to the opinion propagated by their +countryman, assuring them that the island was termed the Golden Island, +on account of its lucrative commerce only.</p> +<p>The expected armament of the Emperor did not make its appearance; +but an insurrection of the Chinese inhabitants of Manila followed, +which had been in a state of preparation during the embassy, and now +broke out. There was a Chinese in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb221" +href="#pb221" name="pb221">221</a>]</span>Manila of the name of Engcan, +who had remained there since the time of Limahon, who had been +baptized, was very rich, and was in intimacy with many Spaniards. He +offered to his countrymen, to build a wall round their quarter of the +town: the work was commenced; but the fidelity of the Chinese beginning +to be suspected, the Governor endeavoured to ascertain their +intentions, through the medium of their enemies, the Japanese, from +which circumstance the Chinese entertained a belief, that the Governor +proposed to massacre them, with the assistance of these people; and +they resolved, among themselves, to enter Manila on the eve of St. +Francis, and murder every Spaniard in the place. Twenty-five thousand +Chinese were concerned in this plot, which was discovered by an Indian +having given notice of it to the curate of <span class="corr" id= +"xd19e1286" title="Source: Guiapo">Quiapo</span>, through whose means +the information was instantly communicated to the Governor. There were +two <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb222" href="#pb222" name= +"pb222">222</a>]</span>classes of Chinese at that time in Manila. Those +who came annually for the purposes of commerce, and those who had long +been residents, in a quarter of the town called Parian, outside of the +walls of the city, and whom the Dominican friars had endeavoured to +convert.</p> +<p>The first step the Governor took, was to attempt to reconcile the +annual Chinese merchants, who were very numerous; but he failed in the +attempt, as they had collected in a large body in open rebellion, in a +town within half a league of Manila, the others remaining in Parian. +The Governor made a confidant of Engcan, and sent him, in company with +some Spaniards, to endeavour to bring them back to a sense of their +duty, but without effect, as the works they had raised in their defence +would, in their opinion, protect them. In the night, some of them +sallied out, burned the towns of Quiapo and Tondo, and killed many +Indians. They were opposed by <span class="corr" id="xd19e1293" title= +"Source: an">one</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb223" href= +"#pb223" name="pb223">223</a>]</span>hundred and thirty Spaniards, +almost all of whom perished: among them were Don Luis +Dasmariñas, Don Thomas Brabo, and Don Juan de Alcega, whose +heads the Chinese sent to Parian, as an incitement for their countrymen +to follow their example. Upon examination, it being discovered that +Engcan was the principal abettor of these men, he was imprisoned, which +had such an effect upon many of his countrymen, that they hanged +themselves in despair.</p> +<p>The Spaniards, finding that they could do nothing by means of mild +measures, commenced their operations, and fought with such determined +resolution, that the slaughter was immense. So general was the spirit +of loyalty, that even the friars took up arms, and, in particular, +Antonio Flores, who had been a soldier in Flanders and Italy, and had, +in the battle of Lepanto, been ensign under Bernardino <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224" name="pb224">224</a>]</span>de +Meneses, but afterwards took the habit of St. Augustine. The position +he took was on the river, close to which the rebels were obliged to +pass to join the Chinese of Parian; from this he sallied out, and made +great slaughter among them. They made good their retreat, however, to +Parian and Dilao, where they threw up works, but Captain Gallinato +burned Parian, and laid waste Dilao; and Captain Luis de Velasco +pursued them to Tabuco, which we now call Cabuyao. The Chinese not +being able to maintain themselves here, passed on to the town of St. +Pablo in the mountains, where Velasco, who had pursued them, fell, +together with two Franciscan friars. Here the insurgents fortified +themselves so strongly, that it was deemed necessary to send a greater +force from Manila against them.</p> +<p>Major Christoval de <span class="corr" id="xd19e1304" title= +"Source: Acuna">Acuña</span> was charged with the expedition. He +cut off their supply <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href="#pb225" +name="pb225">225</a>]</span>of provisions, and reduced them to such +distress, that their only alternative was, to abandon their position or +starve.</p> +<p>They availed themselves of the cover of night, and made the best of +their way to Batangas, where the Spaniards pursued them, and completed +their destruction, having killed in different engagements, twenty-three +thousand men, one hundred alone, who were rowers in the galleons, +remaining of their whole number; and as a warning to their countrymen, +to abstain from insurrection in future, Engcan was ordered to be +hanged, and his head to be placed on the gaol. The Governor sent two +Augustine friars to Spain, to inform his Majesty of the rebellion, and +to enable them to arrive in a shorter time, he sent them by India; but +they encountered so many difficulties in their passage through Goa, +Persia, Turkey, and Italy, that it was three years before they arrived +at the court of Madrid. This has always been a dangerous <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb226" href="#pb226" name= +"pb226">226</a>]</span>journey, and was particularly so to Friar +Nicholas Milo, an Augustine, who, a few years before, had been sent the +same route with a lay brother, born in Japan, and who, after having +been exposed to great misery in many countries, fell a martyr in +Muscovy with his companion. The Emperor of China sent ambassadors to +Manila respecting the rebellion, requesting to know the meaning of the +slaughter, which had been made among his subjects. The Governor +justified himself amply, and the commerce remained on the same footing +as before.</p> +<p>In March 1604, eight hundred troops arrived from New Spain, with +which relief Don Pedro de Acuña was enabled to fit out a fleet +of thirty sail, in the port of Yloylo, for the conquest of the +Moluccas. He sailed at the head of this armament on the 15th of +January, 1606; and upon his arrival at Ternate, he sat down before the +place, to which the King of the island <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb227" href="#pb227" name="pb227">227</a>]</span>had retired, and took +it on the 1st of April, with the loss of fifteen Spaniards. The King of +Ternate, who had fled with some of his subjects, intimated a desire to +enter into amicable terms with the Spaniards, proposing to deliver up +all his fortresses, the towns in Batoquina, which were anciently +peopled by Christians (either Dutch captives, or Spanish deserters), +all his Christian prisoners, the islands of Marotay and Herrao, with +all his artillery and ammunition; and which terms were acceded to. He +was not, however, left in possession of his kingdom, but accompanied +the Governor to Manila, with some of his chiefs, who were not allowed +to remain, from an apprehension of their fomenting disturbances.</p> +<p>The Colonel, Don Martin Esquival, was appointed Governor of Ternate, +with six hundred men; and in Tidore, the King of the island requested, +that Captain Alarcon might remain with one hundred <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb228" href="#pb228" name= +"pb228">228</a>]</span>troops, which was acceded to. During these +transactions, and while this armament was at Ternate, and few troops +remained at Manila, the Japanese who lived behind the city, availed +themselves of these circumstances, and took up arms against the +Spaniards. This rebellion was soon put a stop to, through the mediation +of the friars, who persuaded the insurgents to lay down their arms, and +submit quietly. By this species of management, time was gained for the +arrival of the Governor, to whom information had been sent. He arrived +at Manila, banished the ringleaders to their own island, and obliged +the rest to live in the town of Dilao, where they would be always under +our guns; and by this means, kept in obedience. The Governor reaped +little benefit from these successes, as he was immediately afterwards, +seized with a complaint in the intestines, which carried him off on St. +John the Baptist's day. On the death of the Governor, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href="#pb229" name="pb229">229</a>]</span>Don +Christoval Telles de Almanza, as chief Oidor, became Military Governor +<i>ad interim</i>. The rebellion, which lay smothered in the breasts of +the Japanese, on this occasion, broke out afresh. They engaged the +Spaniards, and many fell on both sides, as the Japanese were very +brave, and were called the Spaniards of Asia. In the end, however, they +were conquered, and were not permitted to live together in any +considerable number till the year 1621, when Pelayo Hernandez built +shops on their old quarter, which were hired out for the benefit of the +Franciscan friars.</p> +<p>Some of the Spaniards of the Moluccas took prisoner Pablo Blancardo, +the Dutch commander at Malacca, and brought him in his galley to +Ternate. The Governor there, in consideration of fifty thousand +dollars, set him and all his people at liberty, which, when it was +known in Manila, was stigmatized as an act of great baseness; and this +public censure affected the Governor's <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb230" href="#pb230" name="pb230">230</a>]</span>mind to that degree, +that he died of grief soon afterwards. The second in command succeeded; +and to give satisfaction to the Royal Audience, despatched two ships in +search of General Blancardo, who, it was supposed, had gone towards +Maquien, in a patache; they took him prisoner a second time, and sent +him with all his people, to Manila, where he was some time afterwards +repaid from the Royal coffers, the amount of his ransom. Pablo +Blancardo died of grief in prison at Manila, where he had been confined +until the arrival of twenty-two Spaniards, who had been taken at +Amboyna by the Dutch, and for whom it was intended he should be +exchanged.</p> +<p>The Royal Audience conducted themselves with great approbation in +the civil administration, until the year 1608, when Don Rodrigo Vivero +of Laredo, who was named by the Viceroy as Governor <i>ad interim</i>, +arrived at Manila, and having had <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231" +href="#pb231" name="pb231">231</a>]</span>great experience in the +management of the Indians in New Spain, he availed himself of it on +this occasion, giving instructions to that effect to the chief judges, +and other ministers of justice. He governed with much satisfaction for +one year, when he delivered up the insignia of his office, and returned +to Mexico. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb232" href="#pb232" name= +"pb232">232</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch14" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1340" class="label">CHAPTER XIV.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1609.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Administration of Don Juan de Silva.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">When the account of the death of Acuña reached +Madrid from New Spain, the government was bestowed on Don Juan de Silva +of Truxillo, Knight of the order of Santiago, who, at that time, was +serving in Flanders. He arrived at Cavite in Easter, and took +possession of his government, bringing with him six companies of +soldiers, which addition to our force was of great importance at this +period, as, in the month of October, the Dutch squadron which has been +mentioned, appeared off the port of Yloylo. It was composed of six +ships and a considerable military force, <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb233" href="#pb233" name="pb233">233</a>]</span>which it was intended +to disembark in this province, but they were repulsed by the Alcalde +Mayor. It then appeared off Marivelez, with the view of preventing +ships from going to Manila, and of seizing all merchantmen. Don Juan de +Silva fitted out an armament, with which, in the month of April, he +attacked and defeated them on the day of St. Mark. He took two ships, +the Captains of which had been killed, with many of the crews; a third +fled, and the other two which had been separated the day before from +the fleet, and were returning with great booty, retired with such +despatch, that the Spanish squadron was unable to come up with them. +He, however, seized those ships which they had taken. Among others was +a Japanese vessel, in which were embarked those Spaniards, who had been +wrecked on the coast of that island in the ship St. Francis.</p> +<p>The Archbishop of Manila, Benavides, <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb234" href="#pb234" name="pb234">234</a>]</span>having died on the +26th of July, 1605, his Majesty named as his successor, Don Diego +Vasques Mercado of Arevalo, in Old Castile. This year, 1610, he arrived +at the Philippines, and discharged his functions with great +approbation, until the year 1616, when he died, and the Bishop of Zebu +succeeded him in the Archbishopric.</p> +<p>The Dutch being settled in the island of Java, and possessing +fortifications in Malacca and other parts of India, our Governor had +little relish for such a neighbourhood, and as they had at times +infested our seas, and attacked our islands, he determined, in person, +to destroy the forts they had in Malacca, which being so close in his +vicinity, he was the more jealous of. He fitted out a squadron of six +ships and two galleys, and sailed for Ternate, where he intended to +take on board some linguists, and to arrange all his other operations. +He understood, in Ternate, that the Dutch hearing of this expedition, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb235" href="#pb235" name= +"pb235">235</a>]</span>had fortified themselves in such a manner in +Malacca, that it was impossible to make an impression upon them, and +that he might not entirely lose the benefit of the armament he had +prepared, he attempted to reduce the forts in Gilolo and Bataquina, but +was obliged to retreat to Manila, with the loss of three hundred men, +when he immediately began to make preparations of men and ships for +another expedition of the same nature. These islands, at this time, +received considerable aid in the arrival from Spain, by the way of +India, of five caravelas out of seven, which in April, 1613, had sailed +from Cadiz, commanded by Ruy Gonzalez de Segueira, having on board +three hundred and fifty soldiers, two hundred and forty seamen, and a +hundred Portuguese landsmen.</p> +<p>Upon the arrival of this relief, the Governor determined to proceed +to Malacca against the Dutch, whose position he ordered <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb236" href="#pb236" name="pb236">236</a>]</span>to +be reconnoitred, but he found them so powerful in ships, which had +arrived by the Straits both of Magellan and Sunda, that he deemed it +necessary to use his utmost exertions, to enable him to cope with such +powerful enemies. With this view he sent a despatch to the Viceroy of +India, requesting he would unite the forces of the two kingdoms; but +while he was preparing his armament at Cavite, ten Dutch vessels +arrived at Panay. They landed a number of men, and marched for the city +of Arivalo, burning the churches and the convents of the Augustine +friars, in the towns of Ogtong and Xaro. The Indians, aware of the +inadequate force the Spaniards possessed, fled to the mountains, and +although the Dutch retired immediately, it cost the friars a great deal +of labour, to bring them back to their towns, where they could not +persuade themselves they were secure.</p> +<p>By the end of the year 1616, Don Juan <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb237" href="#pb237" name="pb237">237</a>]</span>de Silva had +collected the greatest armament, that had been seen in the Philippines; +it consisted of ten galleons, four galleys, a patache, and many smaller +vessels, with all necessary supplies, and five thousand men, two +thousand being Spaniards and Portuguese. He sailed with this formidable +armament, on the last day of this year, to attack the forts of Malacca; +but as the galleons had not arrived which were expected from India, and +which he imagined had wintered in the Straits of Malacca, and it was +known that the Dutch kept some vessels in these Straits, in expectation +of the ships from China which passed by here, the Governor thought it +most adviseable, to attack these ships in the first instance, and after +he had destroyed them, he should be able to join the galleons from +India, and proceed to the Dutch forts in Malacca. The reasoning was +good, but it failed in the execution, the galleons of <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238" name= +"pb238">238</a>]</span>India having been burnt, in an engagement they +had with the Dutch, and the latter having quitted the Straits eight +days before the Spaniards arrived, flying with all their effects, as +they had received secret intelligence of their route. At the same time +that the Spanish galleons entered the Straits, two Malay merchantmen +from China arrived very richly laden; by saving which, the inhabitants +of Malacca called Don de Silva their preserver, received him on shore +under a canopy, and expected from his valour, and the powerful fleet he +brought, that India would be freed from those freebooters, the Dutch; +but he was seized with a fever, and died in eleven days, on the 19th of +April, 1616. He had ordered his body to be embalmed, and directed it +should be carried to Xerez de los Cavalleros, to a convent of +bare-footed carmelites, and buried there. Before he died, he gave the +command of the armament to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href= +"#pb239" name="pb239">239</a>]</span>Don Alonzo Henriquez, who brought +it back to Manila, without effecting any thing else.</p> +<p>By the death of the Governor, the command devolved on Don Andres +Alcaraz, the oldest Oidor, who had been left in charge of the +government by Don Juan de Silva, when he sailed with the armament for +Malacca. About the same time our squadron sailed from the bay, another +Dutch squadron, which had lately arrived by the Straits of Magellan, +entered the mouth of the harbour, and lay a month close to Marivelez. +There were only four ships and two pataches laying before Manila, and +it was without artillery, ammunition, or soldiers. The Governor <i>ad +interim</i> was not dismayed at this; he armed those few ships he +possessed, fortified certain positions, and was encouraged in the +undertaking by the people, who took up arms, not only the laity, but +even the ecclesiastics also. The Dutch commander wrote two <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb240" href="#pb240" name= +"pb240">240</a>]</span>letters to the Royal Audience, and one to +General Pablo Blancardo, whom the Spaniards had carried prisoner to +Manila; but as soon as he learned that Blancardo had died in prison, he +made sail to the Moluccas.</p> +<p>Upon the death of Silva, the Dutch came with ten ships against Oton, +where they were gallantly repulsed by the commandant of the Pintados, +Don Diego de Quiñones, who, in a wooden fort, sustained a siege +of ten days, during which time the Dutch made four assaults, in which +many were killed, but at last they were compelled to re-embark, and +they retired to Malacca. The following year the same armament of ten +ships came against Playa Honda. The Governor despatched against them, +the Colonel Don Juan Ronquillo, with six galleons and two galleys; they +came to an action on the 14th of April, 1617, and the two commodores +being engaged, Don Juan Ronquillo sunk his adversary's <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb241" href="#pb241" name= +"pb241">241</a>]</span>ship, called the Sun of Holland; two other ships +were burnt, and the rest fled with precipitation. The Spaniards, +however, were not able to pursue them, as they had suffered much in the +engagement, and had lost the galleon St. Mark. After this action, Don +Geronimo de Silva returned from Molucca, and the Oidor Alcarez resigned +to him his office, the duties of which he had discharged with great +applause. In October, Don Geronimo ordered the seven galleons that had +been so severely handled in the last engagement, to be laid up in +Marinduque. The two ships for Acapulco were despatched in the worst +season of the year, during the hurricane months, and they were both +lost, one on the coast of Lobo, and the other on that of Galban. This +reflected no great credit on the wisdom and prudence of the Governor. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb242" href="#pb242" name= +"pb242">242</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch15" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1385" class="label">CHAPTER XV.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1618.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Alonzo Faxardo.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">On the 2d of July, 1618, arrived Don Alonzo Faxardo, +of the order of Alcantara, of Murcia, and on the day following he took +possession of the government of these islands. His Majesty had +appointed him chief of an armament which he had intended to send by the +Straits of Magellan, to the relief of Don Juan de Silva, to drive the +Dutch from these seas; but it was delayed by his sending the forces +destined for the Philippines, to the relief of the Emperor of Germany, +Ferdinand the Second. The voyage on this account did not take place, +until the death of Silva was known, when <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb243" href="#pb243" name="pb243">243</a>]</span>his Majesty named +Faxardo as Governor, charging him to be careful of the interests of the +Indians, who had suffered much in the late struggles, and promising +ample rewards to those Spaniards, who should make this an object of +their special attention.</p> +<p>A short time after his arrival, the Dutch appeared in those seas, +not with the intention of attempting Manila, as they were aware of the +difficulty of the undertaking, but to intercept the galleons from +Acapulco, richly laden with bullion. For this purpose they cruized with +three ships off Cape Espiritu Santo, taking their station in the strait +of St. Bernardino, as the galleons coming from Acapulco were in the +constant habit of taking that route. On the 25th of February the Dutch +got sight of them; they bore up, and ordered them to strike their +colours, when a severe engagement took place. The Spaniards, under the +veil of night, and in the confusion <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb244" href="#pb244" name="pb244">244</a>]</span>which prevailed, +separated and escaped, one arriving at Palapag, and the other at +Borongo, on the coast of Ybabao, where the cargoes were all saved, +though the ships were lost. That the same misfortune might not occur +again, the Governor ever after gave the commanders secret instructions, +changing their route each voyage. On the 24th of August, this year, +Friar Miguel Garcia Serrano, of the order of St. Augustine, late Bishop +of New Segovia, took possession of the Archbishopric of Manila.</p> +<p>In the year 1623, upon the canonization of St. Ignacio and St. +Francisco Xavier, the friars of that order celebrated a grand festival, +and those of Zebu, desirous of imitating them, likewise celebrated one, +at which all the Jesuits of the island of Bohol were present, leaving +very few Spaniards in that island. The defenceless state of it induced +two or three Indians to persuade the rest to rebel, assuring them that +the Devil had appeared, ordering them <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb245" href="#pb245" name="pb245">245</a>]</span>not to pay tribute to +the Spaniards, but to retire to the mountains, and erect a chapel, +where they should worship him, and he would give them every thing they +required, and defend them from the Spaniards. This was quite sufficient +to set all the island in a flame, two towns alone remaining faithful to +the Spaniards. The Alcalde Mayor of Zebu, immediately upon notice of +this insurrection, sent fifty Spaniards, and one thousand friendly +Indians to Bohol, who attacked the rebels with great vigour, made +considerable slaughter, and completely routed them. This ought to have +undeceived them, but they were obstinate, and fortified themselves on a +rock, which, however, afforded them little defence, as our people being +protected by their shields from the arrows and stones they hurled down, +gained the height, and made great havock among them, making prisoners +all that were not able to save themselves by flight. The Alcalde Mayor +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb246" href="#pb246" name= +"pb246">246</a>]</span>hanged some of the ringleaders, and pardoned the +remainder; but insensible to this favour, they spurned at the proffered +pardon, and fled to the mountains, to which, six months after, the +Alcalde returned, and thoroughly quelled the insurrection.</p> +<p>The bad example of the people of Bohol was followed by those of the +island of Leyte, and was fomented by an Indian who was not suspected of +disaffection. This was Bancao, a petty chief of Dimasava, who had +received Legaspi with great attention, and had accompanied him to Zebu, +where he was baptized, for which conduct Philip the Second had sent him +a royal order, granting him many privileges. He had been very faithful +to the Spaniards in his youth, but turned traitor in his old age. In +imitation of those of Bohol, he raised an insurrection among the +Indians in the island of Leyte, so that it became necessary to send a +force against them. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb247" href="#pb247" +name="pb247">247</a>]</span>Although they saw the Spaniards were +superior in numbers to them, they were not dismayed, and received them +firmly; but in a short time they fled with precipitation. In this +flight Bancao was killed, having been transfixed by a lance: his head +was placed on a pole, to serve as a warning to others, which had so +good an effect, that order was immediately restored.</p> +<p>This year an expedition was sent to the mountains of Igorrotes, +where there were mines of gold, and where the Indians were of fairer +complexion, with the small eyes of the Chinese. It was imagined that +when Limahon was in Pangasinan, many of his people, pressed by hunger, +fled to the mountains, and mixed with the inhabitants, from which +intercourse resulted this cast, so different from the rest.</p> +<p>This expedition, under charge of Francisco Carriño de Valdes, +head of the provinces of Pangasinan and Ylocos, marched <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href="#pb248" name="pb248">248</a>]</span>in +good order seven days, and on the eighth arrived in the town of the +mines, where the natives received them well; but the Spaniards placed +too much confidence in them. The Igorrotes, when least expected, rose +on them, and treacherously murdered the chief of the friendly Indians, +on which de Valades retired, to wait a better opportunity. The +following year the expedition was expected to be repeated, but it was +not, as it became necessary for the troops to march to Cagayan, to +quell an insurrection among the Indians of that province. Many +expeditions have since taken place to these mountains, but with such +ill success, that the Indians of this district remain independent to +this hour. They, however, trade with the Spaniards in gold, wax, and +tobacco, in return for cattle; and the Augustine friars have succeeded, +in converting to Christianity, a few who live in the towns near the +mountains.</p> +<p>The Governor persevered in pacific <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb249" href="#pb249" name="pb249">249</a>]</span>measures as much as +possible, although those measures were deemed disgraceful. He had much +domestic uneasiness on account of his wife, Dona Catalina Zembrano, who +had an illicit connection, and was accustomed to steal out from the +palace to a particular house, where she was at last discovered with her +lover by Faxardo, who going his rounds through the city, as was his +custom, from information, no doubt, which he had received, entered into +the house in which this lady was with her paramour, and found her in a +situation, which rendered her guilt sufficiently manifest. Don Alonzo, +a man of high honour, severely felt this injury, and was determined to +take proper vengeance. He ordered a confessor to be called to her; and +the ceremony at an end, unmoved by the tears and persuasion of the +priest to the contrary, he stabbed her with his own hand. The unworthy +paramour saved his <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb250" href="#pb250" +name="pb250">250</a>]</span>life by flight, and thus escaped the +vengeance of the Governor. Don Alonzo soon after fell into a profound +melancholy, of which he died in two years, and was buried in the church +of the Franciscans, August, 1624. By his death Don Geronimo de Silva +succeeded to the military government, and the civil government became +vested in the Royal Audience. In a short time after, a fleet of seven +Dutch men of war appeared off Playa Honda, and many of their soldiers +landed on the island of Corrigidor, and took prisoners or killed such +Indians as fell in their way. The Governor proceeded against them with +five galleons and two large galleys, and fell in with them on the coast +of Playa Honda, when the Dutch attempted to escape; but our commander's +ship, by superiority of sailing, prevented it, when a warm engagement +took place, and a Spaniard was killed close to the Governor. It is +necessary <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb251" href="#pb251" name= +"pb251">251</a>]</span>to mention this accident, as he thought himself +in great danger, and was so alarmed by it, that he ordered the ships to +retire to Cavite, where he was received with the contempt he merited; +the people imputing the loss of the victory to his cowardice. +Complaints were made to the Royal Audience, who confined him in the +fort of Santiago, where he remained until he was released by the +Governor who succeeded him, <i>ad interim</i>, Don Fernando de Silva, +knight of the order of Santiago.</p> +<p>Don Fernando had been in Manila before this time, having there made +a most honourable matrimonial connection; and having accumulated a good +fortune, he went with his wife to Mexico, and from thence to Madrid, +having been sent thither by his near relation, the Viceroy of New +Spain, Marquis de Cerralbo. Having returned to Mexico and this vacancy +in the government of Manila occurring, it was <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb252" href="#pb252" name= +"pb252">252</a>]</span>given to him <i>ad interim</i>, and he arrived +there in June 1625.</p> +<p>He was received in Manila with great satisfaction, as they knew he +was prudent, and well acquainted with these islands: this he had +sufficiently shewn in the measures he had adopted for the protection of +our commerce, by means of the ships he had built at Cavite for that +purpose. He ordered the Alcalde Mayor of Cagayan to land on the island +of Formosa, and fortify it in that part of Fanchuy which was the +nearest to Cagayan, in order, with greater facility to oppose the +Dutch, who, the year before, had raised forts on the opposite side, +called Tayguan, with the intention of obstructing the commerce of China +with Manila. The Alcalde Mayor executed his commission, and constructed +works sufficiently extensive to accommodate the troops, and the +Dominican friars, who had gone there to convert the natives; and who +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253" name= +"pb253">253</a>]</span>exerted themselves with such zeal, that in a +short time they built several towns, and were able to number the +greater part of the natives, among the professors of our faith. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb254" href="#pb254" name= +"pb254">254</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch16" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1445" class="label">CHAPTER XVI.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1626.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>Of the Administration of Don Juan Niño de +Tabora.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Don Juan Niño de Tabora, knight of the order of +Calatrava, was named as Governor of the Philippines. He embarked for +his government with six hundred troops, and several officers, who had +served with him in Flanders, among whom were Don Lorenzo Olaso y +Ochotegui, who came with the appointment of Colonel. Tabora arrived +safely at Manila, and entered upon his government on the 29th of June, +1626. He possessed a fund of military knowledge, which was of great +importance, at this period, to the Philippines, and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb255" href="#pb255" name="pb255">255</a>]</span>he +immediately provided a sufficient force to protect their commerce, and +secure the respect of their neighbours. In ten months after his +arrival, he had collected eight large ships of war, four smaller for +the commerce of Acapulco, and two still smaller for the protection of +the intercourse with Molucca. With this armament, and with two ships, +which were expected from New Spain with men and money, he determined to +attack the Dutch on the island of Formosa; but the arrival of the two +ships being retarded very considerably, he was not ready to proceed +with the expedition, until the middle of August. The Royal Audience, +considering the approach of the monsoon, and apprehensive of the loss +of the squadron, and that the object of the expedition might be thus +defeated, represented their fears to the Governor, and passed an order +that it should not sail. Having no faith, however, in what he +considered as idle chimeras, Tabora left Cavite, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256" name="pb256">256</a>]</span>and +arrived at Cape Boxeador; where, finding the north winds had set in, +and that it was impossible to make head against them, after repeated +unsuccessful attempts, he bore away for Cavite; and the only advantage +resulting, from his pertinacious opposition to the opinion of the Royal +Audience, was the relief he sent in some small vessels, to the +Spaniards in the island of Formosa.</p> +<p>A vessel soon after arrived from China, and gave the intelligence +that the Dutch were lying in wait at Macao, for the merchantmen +expected from Manila in China. The Portuguese requested, that part of +the armament might be allowed to convoy them, offering to contribute to +the expenses. The Governor, accordingly, sent with them two large +galleons, with a patache, ordering the commodore, after he had seen the +Portuguese safe, to run up the coast from Macao to Sincapura in search +of the Dutch, wintering at Siam, for which indulgence he <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb257" href="#pb257" name="pb257">257</a>]</span>was +ordered to make the necessary presents to the King. Don Juan de +Alcaraz, who was the commodore, punctually obeyed his orders: he +arrived at Macao, and not meeting with the Dutch, who had quitted it +precipitately, on notice of his appearance in this quarter, he passed +on to Siam, where, finding the Dutch protected by the Siamese, he +burned some of their junks, and made prisoners the ambassadors whom the +Siamese were accustomed, at certain periods, to send to China, with +their acknowledgment of the sovereignty of the Emperor. Upon this +occasion our arms acquired such credit, that, during the whole of this +government, the Dutch made no further attempt against these +islands.</p> +<p>In the year 1628 two ships arrived with the usual supplies from +Acapulco, and in them came Friar Hernando Guerrero, of the order of St. +Augustine, Bishop of Cagayan, and the Governor's intended bride, +Doña Magdalena Zaldivar y Mendoza, <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb258" href="#pb258" name="pb258">258</a>]</span>with whom he had +entered into a treaty of marriage while at Mexico, and had obtained +leave from the King for that purpose. The wedding feasts, however, were +no impediment to the operations of the government. The Moors of Jolo +continually infested these islands; those, in particular, which were +the more remote from the capital, were kept in perpetual alarm, and +nothing was talked of but the depredations committed, and the prisoners +taken. To chastise these insults, a squadron was sent against Jolo, +under the command of Don Christoval de Lugo. He arrived safe, and +landed all his people without any resistance, the Indians having, in a +cowardly manner, abandoned their town, and retired, with their King, to +a fort situated on the top of a hill. The Spaniards plundered these +houses, in which the friendly Indians diligently assisted, enriching +themselves by the spoils, which consisted of rice, gunpowder, +brimstone, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb259" href="#pb259" name= +"pb259">259</a>]</span>small-arms, &c. They did not pursue them to +the fort on the top of the hill, in which they had taken refuge; but, +after having completely destroyed the town, they embarked for Manila. +In passing by the island of Basilan, they landed, burned the principal +town, and destroyed all the trees, as a punishment for the aid which +these Indians had afforded to those of Jolo, in the last incursions +they made.</p> +<p>The following year, a sacrilege was committed in the cathedral, +which affected the mind of the Archbishop to that degree, that he died +of melancholy. He was one of the most devout prelates who had occupied +the archbishopric. He was interred in the church of St. Augustine.</p> +<p>After his death, there was a dispute between the ecclesiastical +Cabildo and the Bishop of Zebu, as to who should succeed <i>ad +interim</i> to the archbishopric, when the Royal Audience determined in +favour of the Bishop, conformable to the bull of <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb260" href="#pb260" name="pb260">260</a>]</span>Pius +V. The Moors in Jolo and Caumocones again commenced their ravages in +the islands: nothing was secure in the towns on the coasts; neither +friars, Indians, churches, or ornaments; all were objects of their +enmity. Notice was, without loss of time, given to the Governor; he +despatched a fleet, commanded by Don Lorenzo Olaso, for the double +purpose of making peace with the Indians of Mindanao, as they +requested, and to retaliate upon those of Jolo. He arrived at Jolo, +landed his people, and marched up to the fort on the hill, to which, as +usual, the Indians had retired. The General believed it no difficult +matter to reduce the fort, and gave orders to attack it accordingly; he +shewed, in the attack, great personal valour, and acting the part of a +common soldier, as well as a general, was, with two of his captains, +killed. As no officer remained to command them, the men retired to +their ships; and, without doing anything <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb261" href="#pb261" name="pb261">261</a>]</span>else than laying +waste the country, they returned to Manila in haste, and in disgrace, +the Moors becoming more insolent than they were before. The Indians of +the province of Caraga, in Mindanao, observing that the Spaniards were +unable to subdue their countrymen, put to death some of the friars and +Spaniards who were living among them, and declared open rebellion in +most of the towns of the province.—The remaining friars and +Spaniards, took refuge in the towns which continued faithful to their +cause; and, in a short time, relief arriving from Manila, order was +again restored.</p> +<p>This year several embassies arrived at Manila: one from Japan from +the Governor of Nangasaquy; and the King of Saxuma, likewise, sent +ambassadors, seeking redress for the ravages our galleons had committed +in the harbour of Siam, on two junks of his nation, and out of which +had been taken some of the royal merchandize, which they considered a +great sacrilege, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb262" href="#pb262" +name="pb262">262</a>]</span>and which had so irritated them, that the +real object of the embassy was to reconnoitre the place, with a view to +take vengeance for this insult. A Governor of one of the Chinese +provinces, sent an embassy to request the continuation of the +commercial intercourse; and the King of Cambodia, who was at war with +the King of Siam, sent to request the protection of the Spaniards, +offering the commerce of his kingdom, and liberty to form a dock for +the building of ships. The Governor received all these with presents, +and dismissed them with urbanity and kindness: he accepted the offer of +the King of Cambodia, and sent some ship-builders for the purpose of +constructing a vessel there: with them went four Dominicans to preach +the gospel; but when they arrived, finding the King dead, and little +disposition in his son, who succeeded him, to admit the catholic +religion, they all returned to Manila without effecting any thing.</p> +<p>The Governor, who was determined to <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb263" href="#pb263" name="pb263">263</a>]</span>lose no opportunity +that offered to build ships, finished one in the port of Cavite; but so +badly constructed, that, at the commencement of her voyage for +Acapulco, she foundered in the port: she was, however, hove up, and +sufficiently repaired to proceed on her voyage the following year. By +this means, and the arrival here of the other ships in 1631, no ship +remained in Acapulco to send to the Philippines; and the Viceroy of +Mexico despatched two pataches with the ordinary relief. In one of +these came Don Francisco Roxas y Oñate, Oidor of Mexico, as +inspector of the Royal Audience, and other tribunals; and his office to +continue two years. He was well received, and the Governor supported +his authority whilst he lived; by means of which, he made his visit +pleasant, although he suspended two Oidors. His Excellency, on the 22d +of July 1632, died of a dysentery, occasioned by being exposed to the +rain and sun, during his visits to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb264" +href="#pb264" name="pb264">264</a>]</span>and from Cavite, in the +performance of his office, in which he was extremely diligent, having +made a bridge over the river of Manila, repaired the fortifications of +the town, and constructed several works in Cavite.</p> +<p>Don Lorenzo Olaso had been named by the Viceroy of Mexico to succeed +him <i lang="la">pro tempore</i>. Nothing particular occurred under his +administration, which only lasted a year, when Don Juan Zerezo of +Salamanca was appointed to succeed as Governor <i lang="la">ad +interim</i>. Immediately on his arrival at Manila, with a view to +repress the insults of the Moors, and on the representation of the +Jesuits, he determined to form a garrison at Zamboanga. He appointed +Don Juan de Chaves to the command, with an adequate force, and orders, +after destroying the towns of the Moors, to erect a fort in the +situation which Friar Vera had pitched upon, a little distant from the +port of Caldera, where it was necessary to maintain <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb265" href="#pb265" name="pb265">265</a>]</span>a +detachment to guard the shipping. This situation is most beautiful; +but, having no water, the defect was supplied by digging a channel from +the river, through which the water flows in great abundance, and, +passing by the wall of the fort, falls into the sea. The first stone of +the fort was laid on the 23d of June, 1635. Many of the Spaniards +opposed this plan under different pretexts, and experience has shewn +what little purpose this fort has answered, its only use being to +enrich one military man, who is Governor for three years, and who draws +twenty or thirty thousand dollars profit from the supplies furnished +the soldiers. The Moors, not in the least checked by the fort of +Zamboanga, have continued, to this hour, committing the same ravages as +before; and the Indians, who are each taxed a measure of rice for its +maintenance, have received neither security or benefit from it.</p> +<p>It has been too justly observed by <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb266" href="#pb266" name="pb266">266</a>]</span>Señor +Solorzano, that whatever is established with a view to benefit the +Indians, universally fails of attaining that end; nor is this to be +wondered at, as every regulation brought forward with this avowed +intention is always so contrived, as to contribute not to the advantage +of the oppressed Indian, but solely to that of the person exercising +the chief authority. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb267" href="#pb267" +name="pb267">267</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch17" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1507" class="label">CHAPTER XVII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1635.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Sebastian +Corcuera.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">On the 25th of June, 1635, Don Sebastian Hurtado de +Corcuera, who had been Governor of Panama, took possession of this +government, and the same day Señor Guerrero took possession of +the archbishopric, although the bulls had not yet arrived. Dissensions +immediately begun between these two, originating between the Dominicans +and bearded friars, respecting the division of their provinces, and on +which account his Excellency was determined to be revenged of the +Archbishop, the very first opportunity. An occasion very soon presented +itself: the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href="#pb268" name= +"pb268">268</a>]</span>Archbishop having taken a female slave from an +artilleryman, because he had an illicit intercourse with her, the +artilleryman met her one day in the street, and, for some unknown +cause, murdered her, taking refuge in the church of St. Augustine.</p> +<p>The Governor ordered the troops to seize him in the church, without +first applying to the friars; they obeyed their orders, seized the +criminal, and delivered him up to their commanding officer, who +sentenced him to death. The sentence was executed in front of the +church of St. Augustine, a place which had never been used for public +punishment: the Archbishop attempted to prevent the violation of the +church privileges, but his attempt proved ineffectual.</p> +<p>During the disputes between the Governor and the Archbishop, the +Moors were ravaging our towns, and for the space of eight months +committed horrible atrocities. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb269" +href="#pb269" name="pb269">269</a>]</span>His Excellency determined to +go in person to chastise them. He sailed from Manila with a squadron on +the 2d of February, 1637, and having arrived at Lamitan, the residence +of Corralat, petty sovereign of Mindanao, he possessed himself of it +with ease. Corralat retired to a hill well defended by batteries, and +the best troops he had. The Governor attacked him, but after losing +many Spaniards, he sounded a retreat. The day following he renewed the +attack by a road more accessible, when he possessed himself of the +fort, and made great slaughter of the Moors, who threw themselves +headlong over the precipice in their confusion. The Governor now +retired to Zamboanga, where he received the chief of Buhayen, and those +of the island of Basilan, upon both of whom their fears had operated to +beg for peace, promising to consider Corralat as a common enemy, and +receive Friars into their dominions. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb270" href="#pb270" name="pb270">270</a>]</span></p> +<p>From Zamboanga he passed to Jolo, and sat down before the famous +hill fort of the island, and which the Spaniards had never been able to +possess themselves of. He found it, however, so well fortified, that +after attempting to batter it, he was obliged to have recourse to some +other mode of attack. He prepared five mines, and springing them at the +time of assault, he blew up part of the works, with fifty men; but the +Spaniards advanced so slow, that the Moors had time to recover +themselves, and returning to the charge, repulsed them effectually. The +next day two more mines were sprung, which did great damage. The +Spaniards then advanced rapidly to the remaining fortification, but +behind the rampart which had been blown up, contrary to their +expectation, they found another work erected, and by which means they +were repulsed. The Governor observing the little effect produced by +these assaults, determined to surround the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb271" href="#pb271" name= +"pb271">271</a>]</span>hill, though a league in circumference, with a +wall and forts, converting the siege into a strict blockade. This +measure, however, proved by no means adequate to the end in view, the +besieged defending themselves with great resolution, and destroying +numbers of the assailants. It was, therefore, resolved to construct a +battery on a position completely commanding the hill. The Moors on this +were desirous of capitulating, but the Governor commanded them to +surrender at discretion. Thinking these terms harsh, they became +desperate, and assaulted the Spanish camp; but not being able to force +it, they took the opportunity of quitting the hill by the back part of +it, which had been left for the time lightly guarded.</p> +<p>His Excellency found himself in possession of the enemies position, +and all their riches, with the Queen and her nephew, Tancun. The Queen +requested permission to bring the King and his chiefs into the +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb272" href="#pb272" name= +"pb272">272</a>]</span>presence of the Governor; he consented, and she +took that opportunity of escaping. The Governor then sent Tancun for +the same purpose, and he returned with the keys of the royal coffers; +but by the carelessness of the guard, being left too much at liberty, +he contrived to get possession of all the treasure, with which he +secured his retreat. His Excellency leaving a garrison of two hundred +Spaniards, and two hundred Pampangos in Jolo, returned to Manila, where +he was received with great honours, as conqueror of Jolo and Mindanao. +It is undeniable that Señor Corcuera reduced the inhabitants of +Jolo and Mindanao, and would have retained his conquest, had greater +harmony subsisted between the Jesuits, and the commanders of the +different garrisons. He was successful as a soldier, but unfortunate in +his choice of the means to secure his acquisition. The dissensions +between the Jesuits and the military rose to such a pitch, that +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb273" href="#pb273" name= +"pb273">273</a>]</span>at last all the positions were abandoned, and +all our exertions, and sacrifices of men and resources, rendered of no +avail.</p> +<p>By the year 1639, the number of Chinese in these islands had +increased to thirty thousand, most of them cultivators in Calamba and +in Biñan. Among these began a disaffection, which spreading to +those of Santa Cruz, Parian, and Manila, they at last converted the +church of St. Peter Macati into a kind of strong hold, in which they +established their head-quarters. The Governor sent against them two +hundred Spaniards, and a large body of Indians, who easily dislodged +them from this position. Dispersed into separate bands, they plundered +the houses of the Spaniards, and some Indian towns, committing great +atrocities. The Spaniards followed them, making dreadful havock among +them, from November 1639, to March following, when being reduced in +number to seven thousand, they surrendered. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb274" href="#pb274" name="pb274">274</a>]</span>Very +few of our people were killed, but Manila was reduced to great +distress, by the loss of so many of its useful class of citizens, as +unquestionably the Chinese were. The Indians fortunately had remained +perfectly tranquil, which was rather to be attributed to their fixed +hatred of the Chinese, than their attachment to the Spaniards.</p> +<p>In the year 1642, the Archbishop Guerreo visited his diocese, and in +the harbour of Naryan, in Mindoro, a pirate seized his vessel, with all +his equipage, he himself, with great difficulty, saving himself by +flight. This disaster had such an effect upon him, that he died on the +2d of July at Manila, and was buried in the church of St. +Augustine.</p> +<p>The kingdom of Portugal, which had been united to the crown of +Castile in 1640, shook off the Spanish yoke, and electing the Duke of +Braganza King, the possessions of that nation in India immediately +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb275" href="#pb275" name= +"pb275">275</a>]</span>followed the example of the mother country, and +declared for that family. This year the Dutch reduced Malacca, and by +this conquest, and the separation of the Spanish and Portuguese +interest, it was apprehended they would renew their attempts on the +Philippines, which had now, for many years, remained unmolested by +them. This conjecture proved true; they commenced their operations by +stationing, for two successive years, a squadron in the route of the +ships from Acapulco, but the Jesuits, in the island of Samar, +frustrated their design. They then planned the capture of the island of +Formosa, with a view to interrupt the commerce to China, and as a +ladder for the conquest of the Philippines. They proceeded on the +enterprize in the year 1642, with four ships, a patache, and several +smaller vessels, and in a few days succeeded in their object, the +island having surrendered. Great consternation prevailed <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb276" href="#pb276" name="pb276">276</a>]</span>at +Manila on information of this conquest, as it was expected that the +Dutch would follow up their success by an attack on that capital; but +the glory of repelling these intruders was reserved for the successor +of Señor Corcuera. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb277" href= +"#pb277" name="pb277">277</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch18" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1550" class="label">CHAPTER XVIII.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1644.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Diego Faxardo.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Don Diego Faxardo, Knight of the order of Santiago, +took possession of his government on the 11th of August, 1644, and +immediately gave proof of his unrelenting disposition by his conduct +towards Señor Corcuera, by confining him in the fort of +Santiago, in which he remained five years.</p> +<p>The new Governor found these islands infested by Dutch squadrons, +and to enable himself to meet them with effect, he deemed it necessary +to unite the whole of the Spanish force, dispersed through the +different garrisons. He directed the officer in command at Zamboanga, +to enter into <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb278" href="#pb278" name= +"pb278">278</a>]</span>an amicable arrangement with Corralat, King of +Mindanao, which was effected very satisfactorily, through the mediation +of a friar. He likewise directed the officer commanding at Jolo to +adopt similar measures with the King of that island, and evacuating all +the forts, to bring all the Spaniards to Manila; but this was not to be +effected so easily, Salicala, hereditary Prince of the kingdom, having +gone to Batavia, soliciting assistance from the Dutch, to drive the +Spaniards from the island. They, however, spared him only two ships, +with which trifling aid, having made many attempts against our +principal position, which was defended vigorously by Don Estevan +Ugalde, a valiant Biscayan, the Dutch retired to Batavia, promising the +Moors to return next year, with a more effective force. The Jesuit +friar was, in the mean time, commissioned to make peace with them; +which he effected on very advantageous terms. Jolo being <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb279" href="#pb279" name="pb279">279</a>]</span>thus +evacuated, the Dutch arrived at the appointed time with the promised +assistance; and finding that the Spaniards had retired to Zamboanga, +they determined on attempting the capture of the fort of Caldera, in +Mindanao, but they were repulsed with such loss, that they made a rapid +retreat to Batavia.</p> +<p>The following year, the Dutch again appeared in these seas, with a +squadron of twelve ships, when eleven of them remaining on the coast of +Batan, the commodore came forward alone, to reconnoitre Cavite. +Señor Corcuera, who was in confinement in the fort, as already +mentioned, immediately saw the error the Dutch commander had committed, +in not making the attack with his whole force, while the place was in +an unguarded and defenceless state. Every advantage was taken of the +error, and Cavite was furnished, without delay, with the necessary +reinforcements, and supplies of ammunition and provisions. On +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb280" href="#pb280" name= +"pb280">280</a>]</span>the third day the Dutch squadron made their +attack, but the Governor, Andras Azaldegui, a very active man, defended +the place so effectually, that great slaughter ensued, and the Dutch +General received a wound, of which he died. On this they retired, and +disembarked in Pampanga, where the Alcalde Mayor of the province having +collected six hundred Pampangos, and fortified himself as well as +possible in the convent of Abucay, the Dutch assaulted him, when the +Indians fled in such disorder, and with such precipitation, that four +hundred of them were killed in the pursuit. The Dutch not deeming it +prudent to remove far from their ships, returned on board, and +disembarked a second time in the town of Samal, where the Spaniards +having gone to Manila, the Indians alone remained, who repulsed them, +and compelled them to take refuge in their ships.</p> +<p>They then took their station close to <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb281" href="#pb281" name="pb281">281</a>]</span>Mareveles, to +intercept our commerce, and while here they had information that a +galleon, built at Leyte, was on her way to Manila. They despatched six +ships to take her, but the commander understanding that the Dutch were +in these seas, put into a harbour, and fortifying the entrance with +batteries, remained perfectly secure from all insult, and the Dutch +deeming the attempt unjustifiable, returned to Batavia, without reaping +any advantage from their expedition.</p> +<p>Salicala, son of the King of Jolo, a turbulent character, +notwithstanding the peace he had concluded with the Spaniards, begun to +infest our seas with a squadron, which committed great depredations in +every quarter; and Cachile, Lord of Tup Tup, in Borneo, having followed +his example, it was found necessary to send against them an adequate +force. The Spaniards encountered the squadron of Cachile between +Masbate and Burias, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb282" href= +"#pb282" name="pb282">282</a>]</span>an engagement took place, in which +he was killed, and his fleet dispersed. Immediately on this Salicala +retired to Jolo, where his attention became sufficiently occupied, in +disputes respecting the succession to the throne. The Moors of Borneo, +imitating the conduct of the Indians of Jolo in their piracies, the +Governor sent Major Monforte with orders to chastise them severely, as +a warning to the rest. Monforte landed in Borneo, burning and +destroying all the towns within his reach, together with great +quantities of provisions, and a number of vessels, and making about two +hundred prisoners, thus retaliating on them for their piratical attacks +on us. Exclusive of these continual depredations of the Moors and +Dutch, the provinces in Luzon were by no means in a tranquil state.</p> +<p>A commotion, likewise, was begun in Palapag, by murdering the Jesuit +friar, who was the curate of the place; and, to <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb283" href="#pb283" name= +"pb283">283</a>]</span>enhance the criminality of the action, and +comprehend every one in the rebellion, Sumoroy, who was the assassin, +was for two days parading the town, avowing publicly that he killed the +friar; and, setting at liberty two insurgents, whom the Jesuits had +confined, he ordered the people to plunder the church and convent: from +this source, the insurrection spread through the whole island. The +Camarines imitated the conduct of the people of Palapag, in every thing +but the murder of the friars. The island of Zebu, likewise, +notwithstanding its garrison, wavered in its loyalty; and, indeed, all +the islands were ripe for rebellion: the people of Caraga, however, +were the most violent, having murdered many Spaniards and Friars. There +is no question that the Bisayas would have been lost on this occasion, +had not a stop been put to these atrocities in due time.</p> +<p>The Governor sent a force to Palapag, and ordered that four hundred +Indians of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb284" href="#pb284" name= +"pb284">284</a>]</span>Lutao, who had been lately converted from +Mahometanism, should be incorporated with this force sent from Manila, +and jointly attack the rebels. The Jesuit friar, Vincente Damian, took +compassion on the misguided Indians, and attempted to persuade them to +return to their obedience; but, thinking themselves strong enough to +overcome the Spaniards, they would not listen to reason, and fortified +themselves on a hill, which Sumoroy had made his head quarters. Captain +Roxas commanded the Spaniards, Don Andres Azaldeguy, who was the proper +commanding officer, having had orders from the government, to go and +secure the property, in a ship which had been lost on the coast of +Camarines. Roxas was a man of ability and bravery, and came to the +resolution of assaulting the hill in the night, when the rebels would +be less on their guard. The Spaniards arrived at the outposts, when +they were discovered, and notice given to Sumoroy. The precipitation +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb285" href="#pb285" name= +"pb285">285</a>]</span>with which the Indians fled is incredible: it +resembled that of a flock of goats, our people following them, and +making great slaughter. Sumoroy attempted to escape; but his people +killed him, with the view of ingratiating themselves with the +Spaniards, and delivered up his head to Roxas, who placed it on a pole +as a warning to the rest. The friars being now able to return to their +duty, in the respective towns, soon reduced the discontented to +obedience.</p> +<p>The ringleader of the rebellion in Caraga was an Indian, named +Dabao, who was not in the least suspected of disaffection. He entered +one day into the fort, bringing with him eight men with their hands +bound, apparently with the view of surrendering them; but yet, at the +same time, so loosely bound, as to escape when they chose. When the +Spanish officer came out to receive them, Dabao struck him on the head +with his <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb286" href="#pb286" name= +"pb286">286</a>]</span>sword, and the eight men, immediately releasing +themselves, unexpectedly attacked the people in the fort. They made +such carnage, that only one friar and five soldiers escaped, by +throwing themselves from the wall, and retiring to the convent, where +they fortified themselves. The Indians immediately forsook the town and +fled to the mountains, when the friar, and the Spaniards who were in +the convent, built a boat, and retired along the coast to another town, +to which the insurrection had not spread.</p> +<p>The Governor sent them relief from Manila, and offered a pardon to +those who should return to their towns, and their allegiance as before. +The Spaniards, however, broke their word, and hanged many of the +ringleaders.</p> +<p>On the day of Saint Andrew, which was the anniversary of the victory +the Spaniards obtained over Limahon, about eight o'clock at night, an +earthquake happened, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb287" href="#pb287" +name="pb287">287</a>]</span>which destroyed almost all Manila, with the +exception of the church and convent of St. Augustine. The public +edifices, in particular, were nearly all thrown down and destroyed, and +more than six hundred people buried in the ruins: some were found alive +between the stones and the wood, who had remained there even three +days. The calamity reached the towns of the islands; in Cagayan, a hill +was rased from its foundation, and fell on a town, burying in its fall +all the inhabitants. In some parts the earth sunk; and, in others, +torrents of sand burst out, overwhelming man and beast. Many other +extraordinary changes occurred in the course of sixty days, during +which a succession of earthquakes prevailed. The people of Manila left +the city to live in huts in the fields, until it was ascertained that +they might return in safety to their houses. It was said that the image +of St. Francis, placed in the house of an Indian of Dilao, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb288" href="#pb288" name= +"pb288">288</a>]</span>sweated most copiously during this calamity, and +shed abundance of tears; in consequence, he was elected patron of +earthquakes, and is designated St. Francis of Tears.</p> +<p>As a proof of that harshness which characterized Señor +Faxardo, it will be sufficient to mention his conduct to Christoval +Romero, whom the Viceroy of Mexico had sent, to bring him intelligence +of the state of these islands, two years having elapsed without the +usual ship having appeared at Acapulco. He arrived at the port of +Lampon, and, understanding that the Dutch were infesting these seas, he +landed the silver, and despatched it to Manila, in order that he might +with less risk get round. Soon after he had sent away the silver, the +Dutch arrived, and entered the port with their launches. Romero being +far inferior in force to the enemy, burnt his vessel, as he saw no +chance of saving it, and came to Manila by land. Everybody <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb289" href="#pb289" name= +"pb289">289</a>]</span>considered this man as entitled to great praise +for his conduct on the occasion, and expected that he would be well +received and rewarded; but the rigorous Governor, on the plea that the +burning of the launch was an act of cowardice, imprisoned him, and +condemned him to lose his head. All Manila clamoured against this +sentence; and the object of it appealed to the Royal Audience, who +revoked it. This rigour of the Governor was imputed to his not having +been duly bribed by Romero; but nothing of that nature could be +absolutely proved against him.</p> +<p>About this time, the hospital or college of St. Juan de Letran was +founded by Juan Geronimo Romero, who compassionating the situation of +unfortunate orphans, took them into his house, and carefully brought +them up. His Majesty being informed of this praise-worthy conduct, by a +royal order protected the establishment; but granted so little in aid +of it, that recourse was necessarily <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb290" href="#pb290" name="pb290">290</a>]</span>had to the +contributions of the well disposed, in order to render it of more +general use. It was, at length, removed to a spot behind the city: the +boys were allowed a blue coat, cap, &c., and were supported, as in +others, with the additional aid of a college pension, to enable them to +pursue their studies at the university; the college having no +establishment of this nature. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb291" +href="#pb291" name="pb291">291</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch19" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1611" class="label">CHAPTER XIX.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1653.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Sabiniano Manrique de +Lara.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">The ship San Francisco Xavier arrived in Cavite in +July, 1653, bringing the new Governor, Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara; +the Archbishop of Manila, Don Miguel Poblete; the Bishop of Ylocos, Don +Rodrigo de Cordinas, a Dominican; and the Oidor, Don Juan Bolivar. The +Governor immediately, as was usual, sat in judgment on his predecessor, +who, apprehensive that he might be deprived of his liberty, retired +into the college of Jesuits, securing his personal safety in this +sacred <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb292" href="#pb292" name= +"pb292">292</a>]</span>asylum. The Archbishop fixed the month of March +for a jubilee, on which occasion an immense concourse of people +assembled, and he, with great solemnity, invoked the blessing of the +Almighty on these islands.</p> +<p>Many calamities occurred during this administration, such as the +small-pox, famine, and a dreadful earthquake, which ruined many +edifices, and did much injury; but what affected the Governor much more +than all these, was the revolt of the Indians and Chinese, and the +ravages committed by the Moors of Mindanao. The Spaniards were at peace +with Corrolat, King of Mindanao, and he appeared perfectly satisfied; +but the chief men, turbulent and warlike, urged him to break it.</p> +<p>The Governor sent two Jesuits and some Spaniards, in the nature of +an embassy, to strengthen our existing amity with the King: when, +without any respect for their characters as ambassadors, and, listening +to the representations of his nephew <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb293" href="#pb293" name="pb293">293</a>]</span>Balatamay, he +murdered them all, and excused his atrocity to the Governor of +Zamboanga, throwing the blame on his nephew, whom, he alleged, he could +not punish, on account of his great power in the state.</p> +<p>In the letter which he wrote to the Governor of Manila, he laid the +blame on the Jesuit, who was at the head of the embassy; thus +indicating his intention, by these contradictory falsehoods, of gaining +time to draw to his party the King of Jolo, and other chiefs of the +Moluccas.</p> +<p>Don Francisco Esteyvar, who was Governor of Zamboanga, despatched +against him an armament of ten carracoas, whose rowers were Indians of +Lutao, and who, though they had been converted to Christianity, felt +for Corrolat as a countryman. Nothing could persuade them to row +against the Moors, excusing themselves under various pretexts; and, +although they could have been compelled, yet Don <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb294" href="#pb294" name= +"pb294">294</a>]</span>Fernando Bobadilla, who commanded the +expedition, fearing that they would desert him in the time he most +wanted them, and not desirous of exposing himself to such a risk, +returned to Zamboanga.</p> +<p>As the Spaniards had delayed the chastisement of the Moors for the +murder of their ambassadors, they were induced, as might be expected, +to commit still greater ravages than those they had yet been guilty of, +and Don Sabiniano de Lara sent against them a considerable squadron, +under the command of a man, valiant in the cabinet, but who proved the +reverse in the field. He repeatedly showed a disposition to attack the +Moors; but, on various pretexts, avoided coming to an engagement, and +at last retired to Zebu, abandoning the cause, and leaving the Moors to +return quietly to their own country. The Governor of Zamboanga, +however, acting a different part, and determined to chastise the Moors, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb295" href="#pb295" name= +"pb295">295</a>]</span>collected some vessels, and retaliated on their +country, the ravages they had committed on ours.</p> +<p>A slight disturbance, about this time, took place in the province of +Pampanga, the cause of which was as follows: the late Governor having +ordered a ship to be built in Camboxa, sent all the necessary workmen +in a vessel, which he patched up, and launched for the purpose. After +having completed their work, and when they were on their return from +Camboxa to Manila, they encountered a storm, so violent, that the +vessel was wrecked, and almost all the people perished. The galleon, +San Francisco Xavier, was lost in the same storm on the coast of Samar, +and two other ships which were going to Acapulco were forced back. The +galleon, La Concepcion, too, was so unfortunate as to be driven back +twice, having suffered severely in her rigging. To repair these losses, +it was necessary that a greater quantity <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb296" href="#pb296" name="pb296">296</a>]</span>of wood should be cut +than was customary, and that with unusual expedition. The Indians +suffered always severely in these undertakings, as they were obliged to +leave their towns for the mountains, where, their wages being very +small, and their treatment very bad, they too often fell a sacrifice to +sickness. The overseer of the present wood cutting was a man of great +severity, and, as the wood was to be cut with all despatch, he had +recourse, with the poor Indians, to measures which humanity could not +justify, in order to expedite the work. Resisting this oppressive +conduct, they mutinied, and the mutiny extended through all the towns, +although they did not behave with disrespect to the church or friars. +To quell this sedition before it took a wider range, the Governor took +up his residence in Macabebe, which is the first town in the province, +from Manila, taking with him some troops, and ordering into his +presence some of the ringleaders. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb297" +href="#pb297" name="pb297">297</a>]</span>The Indians, naturally timid, +had already repented of this disturbance, when the friars interfering, +it was completely quelled, and the principal ringleader, an Indian +named Maniago, was conveyed to Manila, being considered as too +dangerous an inhabitant of the province.</p> +<p>The bad example of those in Pampanga, induced the Indians of +Pangasinan to rebel, electing as their King an Indian, called Marlong. +They murdered the Alcalde Mayor of the province, with all his family, +and, upon this being known in Manila, the Governor sent troops by sea +and land to quell the sedition; but the Dominican friars possessed such +power over the Indians, that they were restored to their duty without +firing one gun; and their King, Marlong, was delivered up and hanged +immediately.</p> +<p>When the Indians of Pangasinan began their rebellion, they had sent +emissaries to the provinces of Cagayan, Ylocos, and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb298" href="#pb298" name= +"pb298">298</a>]</span>Zambales. In this last they made little +progress, but in Ylocos, an Indian called Manzano, headed the +rebellion, and, having collected a number of malcontents, he attacked +the Spaniards, murdered the Friar Bacarra, and ill treated the Bishop +Cardinas, on which the Alcalde Mayor and some friars fled to Manila; +but the province of Pangasinan being by this time reduced to +subjection, the troops were sent against Manzano, and soon reduced him +likewise; and the ringleaders of both were executed.</p> +<p>The civil wars of China were the cause of the conquest of that +country by the Tartars. A Chinese named Ly, having urged the provinces +remote from the court to revolt, and meeting with no opposition, +arrived at the capital (Pekin), on which occasion, either from treason +or cowardice, all abandoned the Emperor, who, seeing himself thus +forsaken, cut off, according to their usual custom, the head of his +daughter, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb299" href="#pb299" name= +"pb299">299</a>]</span>that she might not fall into the hands of the +rebels, and afterwards hanged himself on a tree, to avoid a similar +disgrace.</p> +<p>All acknowledged the authority of Ly, except the army, which had +been opposed to the Tartars, and which, fearing the result of this +rebellion, made peace with them, and they united against the common +enemy, Ly, whom they soon drove from Pekin. Nothing more was ever heard +of this rebellion; but, the Tartars having by this means got into the +interior of China, though they met with some opposition, yet, finally, +they reduced the whole of the empire, and it continues still under the +Tartar dynasty.</p> +<p>A poor Chinese, who had fled from Macao to Manila, where he was +baptized by the name of Nicolas, and where he became a shop-keeper, +afterwards went to Japan, where he married; but finding that he did not +acquire riches quick enough, he <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb300" +href="#pb300" name="pb300">300</a>]</span>entered the Chinese army, +where he rose very high, being appointed General against the rebels. +Zunchin, who was the last Emperor of the Chinese race, having hanged +himself, as already noticed, Nicolas sided with the Tartars, by whom he +was apparently well received. The Tartar Emperor heaped favours upon +him, and named him as one of his tributary monarchs, under the title of +Pignan, which signifies, conqueror of the south. By these means he +lulled him into security; and having at last imprisoned him and all his +family, completed his treachery by blowing him, and the greater part of +them, up with gunpowder.</p> +<p>His son, Cogseng, after this disgraceful transaction, turned pirate, +and sufficiently revenged the death of his father by ravaging the +Chinese coasts and islands. He was the conqueror of the island of +Formosa, and the first who triumphed over <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb301" href="#pb301" name="pb301">301</a>]</span>the arms of +Europeans. The Dutch, at this time, were complete masters of the +island, they possessed two thousand Europeans, with sufficient +artillery and ships; when hearing that the Chinese intended to attack +them, they united all their forces in Tayguan; but the pirate, who came +with about one hundred thousand men, landed on the opposite coast of +the island, and immediately entered on the cultivation of the soil. A +short time after, he invested the fort of Tayguan, and the Dutch +capitulated, after a seven months siege, by which they were allowed to +leave the island, with the ships they had in the port.</p> +<p>Cogseng, elated with this success, determined to become master of +the Philippines, for which purpose he sent the Friar Victorio Riccio, a +Dominican, with the title of his Ambassador, to Manila, with a letter +to the Governor, in which he required him to recognize him as +Sovereign, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb302" href="#pb302" name= +"pb302">302</a>]</span>pay him tribute, threatening, if he refused, to +ravage his coasts with his fleet. On the 18th of May, 1662, the friar +arrived on this embassy at Manila, and delivered his letter with great +secrecy, which, however, was not long withheld from the public. The +Governor without delay began to levy troops, repair the fortifications, +and <span class="corr" id="xd19e1670" title= +"Source: recal">recall</span> all the forces to the capital; and in +order to be as secure as possible, he sent away all the Chinese +merchants, and others that were established in the islands. Upon this +being known, it was whispered that the Governor intended to decapitate +all the Chinese, who, being naturally cowards, believed the knife +already at their throats, and retired to the mountains, from whence +some passed, with great risk, in small boats to Formosa. The day on +which the Governor called the Chinese chiefs before him, in order to +intimate to them that they must retire, the remaining Chinese believing +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb303" href="#pb303" name= +"pb303">303</a>]</span>that they were all to be murdered, took up arms; +but the Dominicans had sufficient influence to prevail on them to +remain quiet. The Governor now sent back Friar Riccio to Cogseng with +an answer to his letter, but, on Riccio's arrival, he found the pirate +dead of a fever, Manila being by this means released from the danger +with which she was threatened. The Chinese who had fled to Formosa, +circulated a thousand calumnies, which would have cost Friar Riccio his +life, if he had not been saved by the son of Cogseng, who had succeeded +his father in power; but not possessing the warlike spirit of his +father, he sent an Ambassador to Manila, to make a treaty of amity and +commerce with the Spaniards. Although the expedition of Cogseng had not +reached Manila, the place of its destination, the effects of it had +fallen very heavy on the islands, as all the churches and convents +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb304" href="#pb304" name= +"pb304">304</a>]</span>near Manila were destroyed, to prevent the enemy +from converting them into military stations.</p> +<p>The Governor of Ternate had abandoned that station, by no means easy +to be recovered, as the garrison was, in its retreat to Manila, +accompanied by the Indians, called Mahhicas, who were the best friends +to the Spanish cause, and who were then settled at the mouth of the +river Marigondon, where their descendants remain to this hour. The +garrisons too of Calamianes and Zamboanga evacuated these stations; and +as they had always been a check on the Moors of Jolo and Mindanao, +opportunities were by this means offered of committing with impunity +such ravages in the Bisayas, that the friars were compelled to abandon +the province of Calamianes.</p> +<p>Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara had governed these islands with great +prudence, but notwithstanding this, several articles of <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb305" href="#pb305" name= +"pb305">305</a>]</span>impeachment were preferred against him, and he +was fined seventy thousand dollars. On appealing, however, to the +council of the Indies, the sentence was reversed, and the fine +remitted; but disgusted with the world, he retired to Malaga, his +native country, and took the monastic habit. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb306" href="#pb306" name="pb306">306</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch20" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1685" class="label">CHAPTER XX.</h2> +<h2 class="main">ANNO DOM. 1663.</h2> +<div class="argument"> +<p class="first"><i>The Administration of Don Diego Salcedo.</i></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">Don Diego de Salcedo not being able, by the prevalence +of the south-west-monsoon, to reach Manila by the ordinary route of the +straits of Bernardino, he made Cagayan, where he landed, and travelled +across the island to the city, and took possession of his government in +September, 1663. Immediately on his arrival, he held out every +encouragement to commerce, and preparation was made for sending the +usual ship to Acapulco as early in the season as possible, in order to +avoid those misfortunes which had too frequently taken place. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb307" href="#pb307" name= +"pb307">307</a>]</span></p> +<p>This conduct of the Governor at first gave great satisfaction to the +merchants of Manila; but they began very soon to discover his diligence +was directed only to his own individual benefit, or that of his +friends, as due care had been taken by them to buy up all the best +goods, leaving in the market only those of inferior quality; and that +no opportunity might be afforded to the merchants to procure a fresh +supply of the different articles from the coast, he despatched the ship +before the coasters could possibly arrive. By this means almost all the +commerce of Acapulco, for that season, centered in him and his friends. +About this time the news arrived of the death of Philip the Fourth, and +the Archbishop was attacked with protracted illness, which ended in +extreme debility, of which he died, 1667. The attention of Salcedo had +been completely occupied by the violent disputes, which, during the +whole period of his government, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb308" +href="#pb308" name="pb308">308</a>]</span>subsisted between him and the +ecclesiastical authorities, and which terminated in the Commissary of +the Inquisition of Mexico ordering him to be seized, and conveyed on +board the patache destined for Acapulco, in which ship he died, +1669.</p> +<p class="trailer xd19e1700">END OF VOL. I.</p> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.273" href="#pb2.273" name= +"pb2.273">273</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="back"> +<div id="notes" class="div1 notes"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd19e1705" class="main">NOTES TO VOLUME I.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p id="n1" class="first"><span class="sc">Note I</span>.—Page +6.</p> +<p>Were it not that we have this strong corroborative evidence of the +veracity of other travellers on this subject, we should be inclined to +attach a degree of impossibility to the existence of an European power +of the first distinction, in an insular situation, similar to that of +the Philippines, established there for nearly three centuries; yet +through the whole of that period incessantly exposed to the inroads and +depredations of the surrounding savage nations. But in the perusal of +the following pages it will appear sufficiently manifest that the +system of colonization pursued by the Spanish monarchy. From the first +discovery of the New World, and without little, if any, amelioration, +practised at this time, is least of all calculated for either the +extension of permanent national dominion, the enlargement of the human +mind, or the general dissemination of commercial industry. The +discovery of the Cape of Good Hope and America produced a revolution +among the European nations, which, aided by the phenomenon of the +magnetic needle, stimulated the human mind to exertions far more +arduous than had been effected by the Crusades; but the same spirit +that animated Peter the Hermit seems to have presided over the counsels +of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.274" href="#pb2.274" name= +"pb2.274">274</a>]</span>the Spanish monarchy and directed its +researches. To whatever cause it may be imputed, whether political, +moral, or physical, this nation, so justly celebrated about this +period, seems to have had little progressive tendency to improvement, +and till within these few years the Spanish colonists of the +eighteenth, in point of information and commercial enterprize, differed +in no respect from those of the sixteenth century. The general +dissemination of science, the gradual dispersion of prejudice, the +consequent expansion of the human mind, and the example of surrounding +nations, will doubtless have due effect on those noble qualities which +characterized the Spaniard of the sixteenth century; and which, though +enchained for succeeding ages by the peculiarity of their internal +politics, still exist in the Spaniard of the nineteenth. No doubt, +indeed, can be entertained that the changes likely to be produced +during the present eventful period, will convert the reign of Ferdinand +the VIIth into the æra of Spanish regeneration, in all that can +be considered steady in council, great in arms, liberal in sentiment, +and energetic in social as well as commercial intercourse. And we fully +trust that the blind and persecuting influence which dictated the +expulsion of the Chinese from the Philippines, and produced +consequences nearly bordering on the annihilation of all industry and +all commerce in the Islands, no longer disgraces their counsels or +finds an advocate in the breast of one true Spaniard.</p> +<p id="n2"><span class="sc">Note II.</span>—Page 8.</p> +<p>We are well aware that at a distance from the seat of even an +energetic government, abuses will exist which may sometimes be beyond +its reach; but the instance before us, gives us at once an insight into +that system of oppression and abuse of power which prevails in the +Spanish settlements, and originated in the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.275" href="#pb2.275" name= +"pb2.275">275</a>]</span>invariable practice of the Spanish court, of +furnishing the opportunity to their dependants in the mother country to +enrich themselves during a temporary residence in the colonies.</p> +<p id="n3"><span class="sc">Note III.</span>—Page 12.</p> +<p>The most authentic communications on this subject to the translator, +are, that during the months of March, April, and May, the heat is +sometimes oppressive; June, July, August, and September, forms the +rainy season; the month of October of a doubtful character; November, +December, January, and February, a heavenly spring: and that the +climate in the whole is uncommonly healthy, the natives living to a +great age.</p> +<p id="n4"><span class="sc">Note IV.</span>—Page 13.</p> +<p>If it were not sufficiently ascertained that the author of this work +was not a foreigner, but a monastic Spaniard, it might be concluded +from this expression, that he meant to cast a strong reflection on the +Spanish government; but in the progress of the work the reader will +discover that he is fully justified.</p> +<p id="n5"><span class="sc">Note V.</span>—Page 14.</p> +<p>“The fishermen place their net zig-zag-ways in from eight to +eighteen fathom water; at each angle they have several chambers, and +over every angle they have a boat moored, with two or three fishermen +in it, who are always watching the fish when they enter the chambers, +and with a line, supported on the surface by a buoy, they draw a net +across the chamber door.” <i>Vide Jackson's Mediterranean +Commerce</i>, p. 103–4.</p> +<p id="n6"><span class="sc">Note VI.</span>—Page 18.</p> +<p>The diversity of opinion as to the substance of which these nests +are composed, is such, that to this hour we <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.276" href="#pb2.276" name= +"pb2.276">276</a>]</span>are left on the wide field of conjecture, and +without any clue which may be absolutely relied on for unravelling the +mystery. The intelligent Sonnerat, as a judicious naturalist, is +entitled to every attention on the subject, and he, by admitting into +his work the following quotation from “<i lang="fr">Transactions +philosophiques de la société Batave, établie dans +l'isle de Java pour l'avancement des arts et des sciences, vol. +iii.</i>” gives us reason to suppose that he adopts the opinion +of that writer. He prefaces his introduction of the subject by the +following scientific description of the bird:</p> +<p>“La salangane (hirundo esculenta, Lath. sp. 26. Lin. Rumph. +herb. vi. pag. 183. tab. 75. fig. 4. Forster.)”</p> +<p>And then proceeds with the extract thus:</p> +<p>“The salanganes are of a blackish grey colour, somewhat +inclining to green; but on the back, down to the tail, as well as under +the breast, the colour is mouse grey. The whole length of the bird, +from the back to the tail, is about four inches and a half; and its +height, taken from the beak to the extremity of the foot, three and a +quarter inches: its girt is ten and a quarter inches: the longest +feathers of the wing are about four inches. The head is flat; but the +thickness of the downy feathers which cover it make it appear round, +and rather large in proportion to the rest of the body. The beak is +large, ending in a sharp point, but hooked like that of a nocturnal +bird of prey; its size is augmented by the addition of a naked +membrane, similar to parchment, which folds inwards when the beak is +shut, but expands with the opening of it, and enables the bird, while +on the wing, to seize with greater facility the insects which +constitute its food. The eyes are black, and very large; and the tongue +not forked, but of the form of an arrow. The ears flat and round, with +a small oblong opening, and entirely covered by the downy feathers of +the head. The neck very short, as are the legs, and bones of the wings. +The thighs entirely <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.277" href= +"#pb2.277" name="pb2.277">277</a>]</span>covered with feathers; and the +lower and more delicate parts of the legs, as well as the feet, +provided with a black skin resembling parchment: each foot has four +toes, three pointing forwards and one backwards; they are separated +from each other even to the root, and the middle one, including the +claw, is at least as long as the lower part of the leg; each toe is +furnished with a black claw, pointed, hooked, and very long, by means +of which it attaches itself, with great facility, to the juttings of +the rocks. The tail is at least as long as the body, even including the +neck and the head; when it is spread out it has the shape of a wedge, +and has ten large feathers; the four first on each side are the +longest, and when the tail is closed they extend beyond the others +about an inch; the others diminish towards the middle of the tail, and +nearly equal the length of the body. This bird is extremely light and +delicate; ten of these swallows will only weigh about two ounces and a +half. The inhabitants of Java call them <i>lawit</i>, and the +mountaineers give them the names of <i>berongdagæ</i> or +<i>waled</i>.</p> +<p>“There are two places in the neighbourhood of Batavia where +they are found in great abundance; the one, Calappa-Nongal, is about +ten miles to the south of the town; the other, Sampia, is a little more +distant towards the south-west, but both lie in that elevated range +which takes its direction by the sea coast, and which appears to be +different from the great chain which pushes itself into the country, +and traverses the whole island. Besides these principal places, there +are many others, both in the same district, and at a very great +distance from the coast, where these birds are found, though in fewer +numbers; and there are even some which are carefully concealed by those +of the inhabitants who are acquainted with them.</p> +<p>“There are two bird mountains, called <i>Goa</i> (caverns) by +the inhabitants of Java, which are insulated rocks, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.278" href="#pb2.278" name= +"pb2.278">278</a>]</span>hollow in the middle, and pierced by a great +number of openings, for the most part of sufficient size easily to +admit a man; others are more difficult of access, and some so small +that nature seems to have intended them for the security of those +little animals. These rocks are composed of a grey calcareous stone and +white marble, and are covered with a multitude of lofty trees of +different kinds. To the interior of these caverns the birds fix their +nests in horizontal ranges, and so close to each other, that, generally +speaking, they join; they build them at different heights, from fifty +to three hundred feet, higher or lower as they can find a <span class= +"corr" id="xd19e1782" title="Source: birth">berth</span>; there is not +a single hole, or convenient spot sufficiently dry and proper, which is +not occupied; but if the surface is in the smallest degree wet, or even +damp, the birds immediately abandon it.</p> +<p>“At break of day the whole of the birds take wing with a great +noise, and in the dry season immediately shoot up so high in the +atmosphere, in search of their food, as to be soon lost to the sight: +they return about four in the afternoon, and again take shelter in +their holes, to which they confine themselves during the rest of the +day, those excepted which are hatching. On the other hand, during the +rainy season, it has been often remarked that they never ramble very +far from their holes, particularly in the government of Java, where the +rocks even border close on the sea.</p> +<p>“They feed on all the varieties of insects which are found +hovering over stagnated waters, and they easily secure them by means of +the extended opening of which their beak is capable. Their most +formidable enemy is a bird of prey, which catches them in great numbers +as they escape from their holes, and which the inhabitants are very +careful to keep at a distance as much as possible by shooting them.</p> +<p>“They prepare their nests with the more solid parts of their +food, and by no means with the froth of the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.279" href="#pb2.279" name= +"pb2.279">279</a>]</span>sea or marine plants, as has been +asserted<a class="noteref" id="xd19e1793src" href="#xd19e1793" name= +"xd19e1793src">1</a>. This opinion is the more founded in probability, +as it is ascertained by experience that those birds which build on the +rocks, already mentioned, have never been seen on the coast, and that +they could not repair thither and return in any reasonable time on +account of the lofty chains of mountains they would have to traverse, +and the tempestuous winds which prevail there. The great difference, +then, in the colour and value of these nests, is a proof that their +quality depends solely on the nature and abundance of the insects which +form their food; perhaps, likewise, on the more or less perfect +solitude of the places they resort to for it.</p> +<p>“The nests collected in the territory of Calappa-Nongal and of +Goadja are quite grey, and are of one-third less value than those of +the territory of Sampia. These last again are in far less estimation +than the excellent sort sent every year from Ternate and Passir, or +those found in the islands immediately adjoining, and on that of Borneo +in particular.</p> +<p>“These birds require two months to prepare their nests; they +immediately after lay their eggs, and sit fifteen or sixteen days. As +soon as the young take flight, the gathering of the nests commences, +and is repeated every four months: it is the harvest of the proprietors +of those rocks. This is performed by men accustomed from their infancy +to clamber among these precipices: with reeds and bamboos they provide +themselves with ladders, with which they mount up to the holes; but +when the depth of the caves is too great, they have recourse to +ropes.</p> +<p>“When at the bottom of these caverns, they place against the +inside notched bamboos, which answer the <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb2.280" href="#pb2.280" name="pb2.280">280</a>]</span>purpose of +ladders, to enable them to reach the nests, and if these are beyond +their immediate reach, they detach them with bamboo poles; there are +likewise holes, but in very limited numbers, which may be got at by +means of ladders of bamboo.</p> +<p>“This employment, which is attended with very great risk, +costs the lives of many human beings, and particularly of those who +attempt to steal the nests. For their preservation, guards are placed +here and there.</p> +<p>“The mountaineers usually employed in collecting the nests +never undertake it till they have sacrificed a buffalo, the usual +prelude, with the Javanese, of all their enterprizes; they mutter a few +prayers, anoint their bodies with aromatic oils, and fumigate the +caverns with incense, a precaution, according to them, absolutely +necessary. The principal of these caverns lie in the island of Java, +where a female deity, under the appellation of <i>Raton laut +Ridaud</i>, or <i>Princess of the South Sea</i>, is held in high +veneration. A small hut, containing a covered bed, is prepared for her, +together with several elegant dresses, and which no person but a +Princess dare approach. Every Friday, during the period of collecting +the nests, incense is burnt in it, and the bodies and clothes of all +those who propose to mount the rocks ought to be exposed to this +fumigation. The rest of the Javanese are not so superstitious, and +attach much less importance to ceremonies. These caverns are lighted, +on such occasions, by torches made with the rosin of a large tree, +called the <i>cavet</i>, and of the inner bark of the areka.</p> +<p>“The collection of the nests does not last more than a month, +and, as has been said, may be repeated three times annually. Some think +that it might even be extended to a fourth, but that is not very +probable, as all the people employed in this work affirm that a nest, +as long as it remains entire, is constantly augmented or <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.281" href="#pb2.281" name= +"pb2.281">281</a>]</span>thickened by the bird, which never totally +abandons it till it becomes dry and woolly in the inside.</p> +<p>“After the nests are gathered, nothing remains to be done but +to dry and clean them, and they are then packed in baskets and sold to +the Chinese. The price varies, as depending on their whiteness and +degree of perfection; some are grey, and others reddish, while those of +the best sort are extremely rare. They are sold on the spot for from +eight hundred to one thousand four hundred rixdollars for one hundred +and twenty-five pounds weight. This price, and the insatiable avarice +of the Chinese, often produce cheating, and an adulteration of the +article. They have no hesitation in corrupting the guards with money, +opium, or clothes; and deceits are practised, against which the most +extreme vigilance is often unavailing.</p> +<p>“The two places we have already mentioned, Calappa-Nongal and +Sampia, belonged formerly to the Dutch East India Company, but as the +advantages resulting from the possession of them were partly unknown, +or diminished in value by the dexterity of the Javanese, the company +formed the resolution of letting them by public auction, and nearly one +hundred thousand rixdollars is drawn from them, a sum far exceeding +their utmost expectations. In the same range of mountains there are +besides these other places of the same description, but of less +importance. There are likewise two or three in the interior, and some +others, which are concealed with great care.</p> +<p>“There are in the government of Samarang, in the island of +Java, three mountains celebrated for their birds, called Goadaher, +Gede, and Nangasari. The sea washes their base, and flows so far into +the interior of the latter, that it may be said they can catch fish in +the body of the mountain. The nests in these districts are of an +excellent quality, but very difficult to collect, on account +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.282" href="#pb2.282" name= +"pb2.282">282</a>]</span>of the precipitous nature of the rocks, and +the violent beating of the surge against them, which renders it +necessary for those employed to suspend themselves from the top by +ladders of bamboo. In the island of Java, about twenty-five quintals of +these nests are collected annually.</p> +<p>“There are likewise swallow caverns in the island of Bantam, +and in Sumatra; but the inhabitants of the former are so indolent, and +the government so detestable, that they are not even at the trouble to +sow rice, nor do they cultivate any one article which contributes to +human existence. The Chinese have never attempted to penetrate into the +interior of this kingdom, and they have no commerce whatever with the +mountaineers; indeed they have very little intercourse even with the +coast.</p> +<p>“The Javanese and Europeans established in India eat even the +birds themselves when young, but it is difficult to procure them; they +are considered as a very luscious food. The nests, on the contrary, +when stewed as a soup, and afterwards exposed to the dew, and sweetened +with sugar, are said to be highly cooling, and the Javanese administer +them successfully in violent fevers. The author of this memoir has had +occasion to observe that, prepared in the manner which will be +subsequently mentioned, they have been useful in disorders of the +throat, and in hoarseness. Most probably this remedy has been borrowed +from the Chinese, who (according to information furnished to the author +by a man who was in the habit of dealing largely in these nests) use +them most generally in the winter, because disorders of the throat are +very common at that season in the southern regions of the empire, on +account of the habits the Chinese are in of indulging themselves over +the fire.</p> +<p>“But though the author has repeatedly eat these nests, +prepared in various ways, he has not been able to bring <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.283" href="#pb2.283" name= +"pb2.283">283</a>]</span>himself to put much faith in the very +nutritive and strengthening property attributed to them. He has had +them analyzed by good chemists, but the result has been only a gummy +solution, of rather a disagreeable taste, which might, however, be of +service in certain disorders of the chest.</p> +<p>“These nests are, in fact, only articles of luxury or ornament +on the tables of the rich. The Chinese are passionately fond of them: +after well soaking and cleaning them, they are put with a fat capon or +a duck into an earthen pot, closely covered; they are simmered for +twenty-four hours over a small fire, which is called <i>timmen</i>; +thus prepared, this eatable acquires a relish infinitely more rich, and +a more nourishing quality.</p> +<p>“The trade in these nests, which some years ago was of little +importance, has been greatly on the increase for some time. The price +is constantly rising in China, and Batavia is the principal market for +them. The company having abandoned it, the inhabitants derive +sufficient advantage from it to diminish the exportation of specie, +which is highly prejudicial. It is now very well ascertained that the +species of swallow which builds these nests is not to be found in +China.</p> +<p>“Linnæus, in his <i lang="fr">Systeme Naturel</i>, +characterizes this swallow, which he calls the <i>hirundo +esculenta</i>, by white spots only on the feathers of the tail. But +those birds of Java, which construct the nests in question, have no +spots either on their tail or elsewhere. The feathers of the tail are +entirely of one colour, that is, grey, approaching to black on the +upper, and a lighter grey on the under surface.</p> +<p>“Rumph says, in speaking of these <i>apodes marinæ</i>, +that the feathers of their tail are spotted, and that the breast has +black and white spots.</p> +<p>“Valentyn in his description of the small swallow which builds +the eatable nests, says nothing of spots, and only states that the body +is veined white and black. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.284" href= +"#pb2.284" name="pb2.284">284</a>]</span></p> +<p>“If these differences are allowed to be essential, it will +follow that there must be two kinds of these swallows, the one with a +spotted breast, and having white spots on the tail, the other without +either. It is possible, even, that there may be a third variety, that +called <i>momos</i>, or <i>bocrongitams</i>. These likewise form their +nests of part of their food; but mixed with so much impure matter that +no use can be made of them. Care is taken, therefore, to drive them +away, that they may not injure the nests of the better species. They +are readily known from these latter by their superior size, and their +legs being provided with small feathers down to the feet.</p> +<p>“In the kingdom of Tonquin, and in China, there is a great +demand for these nests of the salanganes. They form their most +exquisite food, and they attribute to them the property of +strengthening the stomach, and of being a powerful aphrodisiac. They +are preserved for the tables of the King, and those of the principal +nobles who are able to procure them. They are diluted, made into gravy +or soup, and mixed with all sorts of choice aliment, and every kind of +taste is imputed to them.</p> +<p>“In the state in which the salanganes are sold, they bear a +close resemblance to the half of a preserved citron, both in size and +shape. They are put into small boats, which the people of the country +are sufficiently dextrous in piloting through the rocks where the nests +are found. The King of Cochin-China retains in his own hands, +exclusively, the portion of this trade which belongs to him, as the +most precious production of his dominions, and of which the sale is +most to be relied on.”</p> +<p id="n7"><span class="sc">Note VII.</span>—Page 18.</p> +<p>This shell, which even here, as every where else, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.285" href="#pb2.285" name= +"pb2.285">285</a>]</span>bears the name of cowrie, forms likewise the +currency of Africa, as it formerly did that of India; and this may +probably furnish an argument in favour of the Malay origin.</p> +<p id="n8"><span class="sc">Note VIII.</span>—Page 21. +<span class="sc" id="n9">Note IX.</span>—Same page.</p> +<p>Two causes are here assigned for the wretched state of these +dependencies, apparently different, but in fact flowing from the same +source. We are told that the surrounding nations are more industrious, +and can work at a cheaper rate, and that the insects and rats destroy +the produce of the soil. Were the encouragement of agriculture and +manufactures an object of importance in the colonial system of the +Philippines, the extension and protection of the former would soon +circumscribe the dominion of the rats, its most destructive enemy; and +if the productions of the soil were, as they ought to be, in as great +plenty, and at as low a rate as on the neighbouring islands, +manufactures, particularly with the aid of machinery, would be afforded +at a profit adequate to the exertions of industry. But the truth is, +that the Spanish government is rather desirous of considering the +Philippines as the grand depot of the commerce of South America with +India and China, and it may be presumed that, on this account, not only +is its industry repressed, but the very heavy expense of the settlement +submitted to and annually sent from New Spain. The revenue stated to be +collected in the islands amounts to about one million of dollars, and +this, together with about the same sum remitted by the Acapulco ships, +enable the government to defray the annual charges of the colonial +establishment.</p> +<p id="n10"><span class="sc">Note X.</span>—Page 24.</p> +<p>The Spanish author, on the subject of the origin of these Negroes, +forms a conclusion directly at variance <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb2.286" href="#pb2.286" name="pb2.286">286</a>]</span>with what he +afterwards says with regard to the origin of the Indians. He admits +that the similarity of the former to those of Angola, with the +exception of only a shade in colour, carries sufficient conviction as +to their parent stock, and of course allows the islands to have been +originally colonized from Africa, and by a people infinitely less +advanced in cultivation than the Indians, setting aside at once his own +very well founded subsequent conclusion, that the colonization of all +the islands of the South Sea, with the Marianas, Philippines, &c. +must have originated in South America, and proceeded gradually before +the wind. The constant course of easterly winds in the Pacific, joined +to the instances he adduces of similitude of language, unquestionably +aid his hypothesis, which, though probably more curious than +practically useful, is yet deserving of attention. There is not, +indeed, a more embarrassing subject than that frequently proves to be, +which treats of the origin and ancient connexion of distant nations, +and after all, as in this case, we are too often left on the field of +conjecture.</p> +<p id="n11"><span class="sc">Note XI.</span>—Page 25.</p> +<p>The reason here given for the wretched condition of these people +seems more candidly than might be expected from a Spaniard, to take the +load of responsibility from them and cast it on the government; and the +perusal of the succeeding pages will but too well confirm the propriety +of the censure.</p> +<p id="n12"><span class="sc">Note XII.</span>—Page 36.</p> +<p>Sonnerat asserts, that among the mild inhabitants of the fertile +plains on the west border of the Lake Bay, adultery is the only crime +punished with death; but it seems more reasonable to conclude, that of +the two the Spaniard is most to be relied on. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.287" href="#pb2.287" name= +"pb2.287">287</a>]</span></p> +<p id="n13"><span class="sc">Note XIII.</span>—Page 37.</p> +<p>The striking resemblance of this to the price exacted by Laban from +Jacob for his two daughters, will not be passed over by the reader +unnoticed; and we are obliged to conclude either that such similarity +of customs must originate in a common source, or that a certain state +of social life, in certain climates, will produce manners mutually +approximating.</p> +<p id="n14"><span class="sc">Note XIV.</span>—Page 42.</p> +<p>Without, in any respect, detracting from the merit of the +propagators of the Christian faith in these islands, or claiming any +superiority for our own tenets or practice, I fear we need not travel +beyond the pillars of Hercules to the southward, and the Ultima +Thulé to the northward, to discover such perversion of human +intellect, although, I trust, it is no proof that we are very bad +Christians.</p> +<p>The influence of traditional superstitions is too generally known +and admitted to require to be descanted on. Its operation commences +with the first dawn of reason, and very rarely is it found that even +all the strength of the human mind, aided by religion and philosophy, +can thoroughly eradicate the impressions it makes. The water kelpie of +the north of Scotland differs from the Patianac and Tigbalang, only as +being a good natured and very useful being; and we are all familiar +with the mythologic machinery of our ancestors, for we will take leave +to entertain a belief that Fingal and Ossian did once exist, and that +the latter pourtrayed the manners, customs and opinions of his +time.</p> +<p id="n15"><span class="sc">Note XV.</span>—Page 46.</p> +<p>It is curious to observe the progress of science and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2.288" href="#pb2.288" name= +"pb2.288">288</a>]</span>discovery, and still more deserving our notice +is the transitory nature of power. The magisterial authority assumed by +the Pontiff on this occasion might possibly have saved the effusion of +human blood, and its interposition at that crisis, as a mediator +between the most powerful nations then in existence, if it was +beneficial in no other respect, seems to have stimulated the Spaniards +to attempt the discovery of a passage into the Pacific by the southern +coast of America.</p> +<p id="n16"><span class="sc">Note XVI.</span>—Page 65.</p> +<p>This must either be a mistake, or we must conclude that the +intercourse of the Portuguese with these islands had furnished them +with the European improvements.</p> +<p id="n17"><span class="sc">Notes</span> XVII. and <span id= +"n18">XVIII</span>.—Pages 106–7.</p> +<p>The circumstances stated on both these occasions, incontestably +prove that the energy and exertions of the Portuguese in establishing +their own exclusive dominion in the eastern Archipelago, even in +defiance of the fiat of his Holiness, had led them to impart to the +natives that knowledge which they themselves had been but lately +possessed of; for the use of cannon, on board ships, did not come into +practice till about the year 1539.</p> +<p id="n19"><span class="sc">Note XIX.</span>—Page 129.</p> +<p>Thus it is that the Spaniards appear even to have deceived +themselves in <i>subduing</i> those islands. In the course of this +work, the reader will be enabled to appreciate the nature of what the +Spaniards called a conquest. The progress of a few men into the +interior of a country under the protection of fire-arms, and the +baptism of some individuals, to whose language the Spaniards were +perfect strangers, and who of course could form no idea of the +obligations imposed by the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.289" href= +"#pb2.289" name="pb2.289">289</a>]</span>ceremony, seem to constitute +their notion of conquest. Thus it is too that their authority extends +over so small a portion of these delicious islands.</p> +<p id="n20"><span class="sc">Note XX.</span>—Page 197.</p> +<p>The inhuman custom of infanticide is not only practised with +impunity in China, but seems even countenanced as the readiest means of +limiting a population which would otherwise be superabundant, and in +time exceed the productive powers of the country. By the narrative of +Lord Macartney we learn, that in the tract of country through which the +embassy passed, the population appeared excessive; at the same time +that cultivation and industry seemed to be extended to their utmost +limits. All the accounts we possess of that extraordinary empire concur +in this representation. What effect the very pious application of the +funds of the eleemosynary establishments at Manila may have in checking +this savage custom is not noticed by the author; and we have reason to +fear the practice is so general, that any attempt to check it by this +means might rather tend to stimulate the avarice of the parents, and +produce an opposite effect. The Chinese are as yet but in a half +civilized state, and while they continue so we can entertain but +slender hopes of any alteration more consistent with the feelings of +humanity.</p> +<p id="n21"><span class="sc">Note XXI.</span>—Page 211.</p> +<p>The whole of this paragraph comprises a more virulent Philippic +against the Spanish government than we could have expected from a +Spaniard; but which the reader is by this time convinced is no less +just than spirited. That the mild measures the author recommends would +have the desired effect may be fairly doubted. He appears to write as a +monk rather than as a statesman; but it cannot admit of a question, +that if <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2.290" href="#pb2.290" name= +"pb2.290">290</a>]</span>it were possible to combine with such measures +a military establishment, under the control of wise laws, whose mild +influence might be generally felt, and equally protect the native as +the Spaniard, the unstable authority of that nation upon these islands +would soon assume a different character, and reduce the quantum of +human misery which their present system is calculated to +perpetuate.</p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd19e1793" href="#xd19e1793src" name="xd19e1793">1</a></span> This is +an opinion very generally received, and naturalists, in copying one +from another, have stamped a credit upon it. Houttyn himself, in his +<i>Natural History</i>, vol. i. part v. page 607, gives a description +of this bird, and of its manners, very different from the above.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 imprint"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first xd19e110">T. DAVISON, Lombard-street,<br> +Whitefriars, London.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1" id="toc"> +<h2 class="main">Table of Contents</h2> +<ul> +<li><a href="#intro">INTRODUCTION.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e180">v</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch1">CHAPTER I.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e254">1</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch2">CHAPTER II.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e419">22</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch3">ANNO DOM. 1519 to 1564.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e556">44</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch4">ANNO DOM. 1564 to 1565.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e624">61</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch5">ANNO DOM. 1565.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e682">78</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch6">ANNO DOM. 1569 to 1571.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e770">100</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch7">ANNO DOMINI, 1571.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e852">119</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch8">ANNO DOM. 1575.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e990">155</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch9">ANNO DOM. 1580.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1031">164</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch10">ANNO DOM. 1584.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1081">175</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch11">ANNO DOM. 1590.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1117">183</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch12">ANNO DOM. 1596.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1188">199</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch13">ANNO DOM. 1602.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1260">216</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch14">ANNO DOM. 1609.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1340">232</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch15">ANNO DOM. 1618.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1385">242</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch16">ANNO DOM. 1626.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1445">254</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch17">ANNO DOM. 1635.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1507">267</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch18">ANNO DOM. 1644.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1550">277</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch19">ANNO DOM. 1653.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1611">291</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch20">ANNO DOM. 1663.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1685">306</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#notes">NOTES TO VOLUME I.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e1705">273</a></span></li> +</ul> +</div> +<div class="transcribernote"> +<h2 class="main">Colophon</h2> +<h3 class="main">Availability</h3> +<p class="first">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no +cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give +it away or re-use it under the terms of the <a class="exlink xd19e38" +title="External link" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/license" rel= +"license">Project Gutenberg License</a> included with this eBook or +online at <a class="exlink xd19e38" title="External link" href= +"https://www.gutenberg.org/" rel="home">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p> +<p>This eBook is produced by the Online Distributed Proofreading Team +at <a class="exlink xd19e38" title="External link" href= +"https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p> +<p>This is volume one of one of earliest histories of the Philippines +in the English language, published in 1814 in London by J. Asperne, as +a translation of <i lang="es">Historia de las Islas Philipinas</i> +published near Manila at the Impreso en Sampaloc in 1803. The Spanish +original is extremely rare.</p> +<p>This book has been prepared from scans available from the Collection +“The United States and its Territories” at the University +of Michigan (<a class="exlink xd19e38" title="External link" href= +"http://name.umdl.umich.edu/AFJ2216.0001.001">1</a>).</p> +<p>Alternative scans are available from the Internet Archive (<a class= +"exlink xd19e38" title="External link" href= +"http://www.archive.org/details/anhistoricalvie02mavegoog">1</a>).</p> +<p>Related Library of Congress catalog page: <a class="catlink" href= +"http://lccn.loc.gov/94944968">94944968</a>.</p> +<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for source): <a class="catlink" +href="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL1261846M">OL1261846M</a>.</p> +<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for work): <a class="catlink" +href="http://openlibrary.org/works/OL3730780W">OL3730780W</a>.</p> +<h3 class="main">Encoding</h3> +<p class="first">The notes to this volume, which originally appeared at +the end of volume II, have been moved to the end of this volume.</p> +<h3 class="main">Revision History</h3> +<ul> +<li>2011-03-21 Started.</li> +</ul> +<h3 class="main">External References</h3> +<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These +links may not work for you.</p> +<h3 class="main">Corrections</h3> +<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p> +<table class="correctiontable" summary= +"Overview of corrections applied to the text."> +<tr> +<th>Page</th> +<th>Source</th> +<th>Correction</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e201">vii</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">,</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e508">37</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">expences</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">expenses</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e519">39</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">,</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e726">89</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">delaring</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">declaring</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e740">92</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">accessary</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">accessory</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e763">98</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">as quadron</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">a squadron</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e901">130</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">controuling</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">controlling</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e917">133</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">seent</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">sent</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1070">172</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Butista</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Bautista</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1286">221</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Guiapo</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Quiapo</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1293">222</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">an</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">one</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1304">224</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Acuna</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">Acuña</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1670">302</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">recal</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">recall</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1782">278</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">birth</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">berth</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of An Historical View of the Philippine +Islands, Vol I (of 2), by Martinez de Zuniga + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL VIEW--PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + +***** This file should be named 39010-h.htm or 39010-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/9/0/1/39010/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by the Digital & Multimedia Center, Michigan +State University Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> |